Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1 GRILLES
2 DIFFUSERS
3 SWIRL DIFFUSERS
4 SLOT DIFFUSERS
5 LOUVRES
6 TERMINAL BOXES
7 JET DIFFUSERS
8 MISCELLANEOUS
9 CHILLED BEAMS
INTERNATIONAL
PRODUCTEN TYPES BLZ
PRODUITS PAGES
PRODUCTS
1
Roosters
Grilles
Grilles
Plafondornamenten
2 Diffuseurs
Diffusers
Instelbare plafondroosters CE100 • DE100 2 010
Diffuseurs circulaires à diffusion d’air réglable
Circular diffuser with adjustable air pattern
Vast rond plafondrooster DR160 2 030
Diffuseur circulaire fixe
Fixed circular diffuser
Multidirectioneel plafondornament EG400 • EH400 2 050
Diffuseur multidirectionnel
Multidirectional diffuser
Multidirectioneel plafondornament EE100 2 070
Diffuseur multidirectionnel EE200 2 090
Multidirectional diffuser EE300 2 110
ED400 • EE400 2 130
Instelbaar multidirectioneel plafondrooster BE • BF100/200/300/400 2 150
Diffuseur multidirectionnel
Adjustable multidirectional diffuser
Vast plafondafvoerrooster BC100 2 162
Diffuseur fixe pour extraction
Fixed exhaust diffuser
Plafondrooster met geperforeerde plaat DA340T • DA360T 2 170
voor toevoer DA360S 2 171
Diffuseur à tôle perforée pour alimentation
Air supply diffuser with perforated plate
Plafondrooster met geperforeerde plaat DA350/370T • DA350/370S 2 180
voor afvoer
Diffuseur à tôle perforée pour extraction
Exhaust diffuser with perforated plate
Geperforeerd instelbaar plafondrooster DC560S 2 190
voor toevoer DC560T 2 200
Difusseur à tôle perforée à difusion d’air
reglable pour alimentation
Adjustable perforated air supply diffuser
Geperforeerd plafondrooster voor afvoer DC570T 2 205
Diffuseur à tôle perforée pour reprise DC570S 2 207
Perforated diffuser for exhaust
Instelbaar vierkant plafondrooster CS500 • CS600 2 210
Diffuseur carré à diffusion d’air réglable
Square diffuser with adjustable air pattern
Instelbaar rond plafondrooster CC600 2 230
Diffuseur circulaire à diffusion d’air réglable
Circular diffuser with adjustable air pattern
Plafondpanelen 2 500
Diffuseurs pour faux plafond
False ceiling diffusers
Alle wand- en plafondroosters worden geproduceerd volgens DIN7168 nauwkeurigheidsklasse “middel”. Details kunt u steeds opvragen via info@grada.be
Nos grilles et diffuseurs sont fabriqués selon le DIN7168, classe de précision“moyen”. Pour plus d’informations, nous vous invitons à nous contacter sur info@grada.be
All wall and ceiling grilles are produced according to DIN7168, permissible deviations according to tolerance class “medium”. For more details please contact us at info@grada.be
INTERNATIONAL
PRODUCTEN TYPES BLZ
PRODUITS PAGES
PRODUCTS
3
Wervelroosters
Diffuseurs à jet hélicoïdal
Swirl diffusers
Wervelrooster met instelbaar luchtpatroon WT100S 3 010
Diffuseur à jet hélicoïdal WT100T 3 020
Swirl diffuser with adjustable air pattern WT500S 3 025
Rond wervelrooster WR200 3 040
Diffuseur circulaire à jet hélicoïdal WR250 3 041
Circular swirl diffuser
Rond wervelrooster met verloopstuk WR230 • WP270T 3 045
Diffuseur circulaire à jet hélicoïdal avec
pièce transition
Circular swirl diffusser with transition piece
Vierkant wervelrooster WS200 3 050
Diffuseur carré à jet hélicoïdal
Square swirl diffuser
Variabel wervelrooster WR300 3 080
Diffuseur à jet hélicoïdal variable
Variable swirl diffuser
Vast wervelrooster WS400 3 100
Diffuseur à jet hélicoïdal fixe WR400 3 101
Fixed swirl diffuser
Geperforeerd plafondrooster met WS360 3 120
werveleffect
Diffuseur à tôle perforée avec effet à jet
hélicoïdal
Perforated swirl diffuser
4
Spleetroosters
Bouches à fentes
Slot diffusers
Instelbaar spleetrooster SE600/SB600 4 010/bis
Bouche à fentes ajustables SE800/SB800 4 014/bis
Adjustable slot diffuser
Plenum voor instelbaar spleetrooster SP100 4 011
Plénum pour bouche à fentes ajustables SP800 4 015
Plenum for slot diffuser
Trommelspleetrooster RT150 4 022
Bouche à rotules réglables RT350 4 025
Drum slot diffuser RT500 4 028
Vast spleetrooster TE600/700 4 030
Bouche à fentes fixes
Fixed slot diffuser
Plenum voor vast spleetrooster TP100/TP700 4 031
Plénum pour bouche à fentes fixes
Plenum for fixed slot diffuser
Tweezijdig uitblazend spleetrooster TE370 4 045
met centraal afvoersysteem
Bouche à fentes à jet bilatéral avec grille
d’ extraction centrale
Double-sided pulse slot diffuser with central
extraction grille
Vierzijdig uitblazend spleetrooster TS600/700 4 047
Bouche à fentes quadrilatéral
Square slot diffuser
Licht-spleetrooster QA • QT 4 050
Bouche à fentes pour luminaires
Slot diffuser for light fixtures
Alle wand- en plafondroosters worden geproduceerd volgens DIN7168 nauwkeurigheidsklasse “middel”. Details kunt u steeds opvragen via info@grada.be
Nos grilles et diffuseurs sont fabriqués selon le DIN7168, classe de précision“moyen”. Pour plus d’informations, nous vous invitons à nous contacter sur info@grada.be
All wall and ceiling grilles are produced according to DIN7168, permissible deviations according to tolerance class “medium”. For more details please contact us at info@grada.be
INTERNATIONAL
PRODUCTEN TYPES BLZ
PRODUITS PAGES
PRODUCTS
5
Buitenmuurroosters
Grilles extérieures
Louvres
6
Ontspankasten
Boîtes de détente
Terminal boxes
Variabel volumekasten BA • BT 6 010
Boîtes à débits variables BR 6 030
VAV terminal boxes
7
Jet-roosters
Diffuseurs à jet d’air
Jet diffusers
Jet-roosters JD 7 010
Diffuseurs à jet d’air JD210 • JD310 7 020
Jet diffusers
8
Diversen
Divers
Miscellaneous
Aansluitplenum DP100S • DP100T 8 010
Plénum de raccordement
Plenum box
Aansluitplenum voor CE100 • DE100 DP150S 8 020
Plénum de raccordement
pour CE100 • DE100
Plenum box for CE100 • DE100
Kanaalklep KF100 8 029
Registre KO100 8 030
Damper
Aluminium overdrukrooster VF045 8 049
Volet de surpression en aluminium
Pressure relief damper
Over- en onderdrukkleppen -F750 • -U750 8 050
Volets de surpression ou de dépression
Pressure relief damper
Luchtventielen V-061 8 092
Ventouses d’aération
Valves
Alle wand- en plafondroosters worden geproduceerd volgens DIN7168 nauwkeurigheidsklasse “middel”. Details kunt u steeds opvragen via info@grada.be
Nos grilles et diffuseurs sont fabriqués selon le DIN7168, classe de précision“moyen”. Pour plus d’informations, nous vous invitons à nous contacter sur info@grada.be
All wall and ceiling grilles are produced according to DIN7168, permissible deviations according to tolerance class “medium”. For more details please contact us at info@grada.be
INTERNATIONAL
9 Koelbalken
Poutres froids
Chilled beams
Koelbalk K-30 9 010
Poutre active fermée
Chilled beam
Koelbalk K-60 9 025
Poutre active fermée
Chilled beam
Alle wand- en plafondroosters worden geproduceerd volgens DIN7168 nauwkeurigheidsklasse “middel”. Details kunt u steeds opvragen via info@grada.be
Nos grilles et diffuseurs sont fabriqués selon le DIN7168, classe de précision“moyen”. Pour plus d’informations, nous vous invitons à nous contacter sur info@grada.be
All wall and ceiling grilles are produced according to DIN7168, permissible deviations according to tolerance class “medium”. For more details please contact us at info@grada.be
1
INTERNATIONAL
Installation dimensions
A-100/G-100 A-107/G-107
1
Application
The grilles type A-100/G-100 are
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres,
workshops, ...
The grille can be used for wall or
exposed duct mounting.
It is also possible to mount the grille
in the ceiling in order to create e.g.
an air curtain (only with AE/GE and
AF/GF).
The horizontal vanes can be adjus-
ted manually and individually to
obtain an optimal air distribution.
How to order
GE100, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
G E 1 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : grille in one piece
E: end piece (linear grille)
M:intermediate piece (linear grille)
0: without damper
3: with perforated sheet 35 % passage
7: with damper GT007
0: horizontal vanes
4: with perforated sheet
(instead of vanes, only for a G-grille)
D: frame width 25mm, friction springs
E: frame width 25 mm, concealed screw fixing
F: frame width 25 mm, screw fixing
M:frame width 35 mm, screw fixing
N: frame width 35 mm, friction springs
V: frame width 35 mm, concealed screw fixing
X: frame width 25 mm, without fixing
A: aluminium construction (frame width 25 and 35 mm)
G: steel construction (frame width 25 mm only)
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : in one piece
E: end piece
M:intermediate piece
Fixing methods
Grille with visible screw fixing Grille with concealed screw fixing Grille with friction springs and
and mounting frame mounting frame
Delivery possibilities
Grille with single row of horizontal vanes
Installation dimensions
A-110/G-110 A-117/G-117
1
Application
The grilles type A-110/G-110 are
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres,
workshops, ....
The grille can be used for wall or
exposed duct mounting.
It is also possible to mount the grille
in the ceiling in order to create e.g.
an air curtain (only with AE/GE and
AF/GF).
The horizontal and vertical vanes
can be adjusted manually and in-
dividually to obtain an optimal air
L = nominal length (mm) distribution.
H = nominal height (mm)
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Characteristics:
Fast selection diagram
• double row of vanes
• free passage ca. 70 % (depen-
ding on the position of the vanes)
• available in multiples of 25 mm, in
length as well as in height
Dimension
L x H (mm) 20 30 40 50 NR G-110:
8 11 14 19 min L = 75 mm, max L = 2000 mm
1000 x 200
800 x 200
7 10 13 17 min H = 75 mm, max H = 1200 mm
600 x 200
6 9 12 16 A-110:
6 8 11 15 min L = 100 mm, max L = 2000 mm
400x 200
min H = 75 mm, max H = 2000 mm
5 7 9 12
400 x 150 • linear grilles (= grilles consisting of
5 6 8 11
300 x 150
4 6 7 10
intermediate and end pieces),
250 x 150
available in heights from 75 mm
till 525 mm and in steps of 25 mm.
200 x 100
3 4 6 7
Throw LT (m)
Length from 100 mm till 1000 mm
and in steps of 50 mm.
• also available with 35 mm frame
width (only in aluminium con-
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 m3/h struction)
Valid for supply only. See diagram p. 1 050 for exhaust. Construction:
Throw factor is based on vR of 0,17 m/s in the occupied zone.
See p. 1 050 for a detailed selection and other dimensions. • A-110: frame in extruded alumini-
um; aluminium roll-formed sheet;
vanes both satin anodised
• G-110: roll-formed steel sheet
painted white (RAL 9010)
How to order
GE110, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
G E 1 1 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : grille in one piece
E: end piece (linear grille)
M: intermediate piece (linear grille)
0: without damper
3: with perforated sheet 35 % passage
7: with damper GT007
D: frame width 25 mm, friction springs
E: frame width 25 mm, concealed screw fixing
F: frame width 25 mm, screw fixing
M:frame width 35 mm, screw fixing
N: frame width 35 mm, friction springs
V: frame width 35 mm, concealed screw fixing
X: frame width 25 mm, without fixing
A: aluminium construction (frame width 25 and 35 mm)
G: steel construction (frame width 25 mm only)
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : in one piece
E : end piece
M: intermediate piece
Fixing methods
Grille with visible screw fixing Grille with concealed screw fixing Grille with friction springs and
and mounting frame mounting frame
Delivery possibilities
Grille with double row of horizontal front and vertical back vanes
Installation dimensions
A-120/G-120 A-127/G-127
1
Application
The grilles type A-120/G-120 are
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres,
workshops, ...
The grille can be used for wall or
exposed duct mounting.
It is also possible to mount the grille
in the ceiling in order to create e.g.
an air curtain (only with AE/GE and
AF/GF).
The vertical vanes can be adjusted
manually and individually to obtain
an optimal air distribution.
L = nominal length (mm)
H = nominal height (mm)
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Characteristics:
How to order
GE120, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
G E 1 2 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
0: without damper
3: with perforated sheet 35 % passage
7: with damper GT007
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : in one piece
E: end piece
M: intermediate piece
Fixing methods
Grille with visible screw fixing Grille with concealed screw fixing Grille with friction springs and
and mounting frame mounting frame
Delivery possibilities
Grille with single row of vertical vanes
Installation dimensions
A-130/G-130 A-137/G-137
1
Application
The grilles type A-130/G-130 are
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres,
workshops, ...
The grille can be used for wall or
exposed duct mounting.
It is also possible to mount the grille
in the ceiling in order to create e.g.
an air curtain (only with AE/GE and
AF/GF).
The vertical and horizontal vanes
can be adjusted manually and
individually to obtain an optimal air
distribution.
L = nominal length (mm)
H = nominal height (mm) Technical information
All dimensions in mm
Characteristics:
Construction:
Valid for supply only. See diagram p. 1 050 for exhaust. • A-130: frame in extruded alumini-
Throw factor is based on a vR of 0,17 m/s in the occupied zone. um; aluminium roll-formed sheet;
See p. 1 050 for a detailed selection and other dimensions. vanes both satin anodised
• G-130: roll-formed steel sheet
painted white (RAL 9010)
How to order
GE130, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
G E 1 3 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : grille in one piece
E: end piece (linear grille)
M: intermediate piece (linear grille)
0: without damper
3: with perforated sheet 35% passage
7: with damper GT007
D: frame width 25 mm, friction springs
E: frame width 25 mm, concealed screw fixing
F: frame width 25 mm, screw fixing
M:frame width 35 mm, screw fixing
N: frame width 35 mm, friction springs
V: frame width 35 mm, concealed screw fixing
X: frame width 25 mm, without fixing
A: aluminium construction (frame width 25 and 35 mm)
G: steel construction (frame width 25 mm only)
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
- : in one piece
E: end piece
M: intermediate piece
Fixing methods
Grille with visible screw fixing Grille with concealed screw fixing Grille with friction springs and
and mounting frame mounting frame
Delivery possibilities
Grille with double row of vertical front and horizontal back vanes :
100 0,010 0,013 0,016 0,023 0,029 0,039 0,060 0,071 0,084
150 0,016 0,023 0,029 0,039 0,051 0,060 0,084 0,113 0,133
200 0,023 0,029 0,039 0,060 0,071 0,084 0,113 0,145 0,179
300 - - 0,060 0,084 0,113 0,133 0,179 0,225 0,270
400 - - - 0,113 0,145 0,179 0,225 0,301 0,367
500 - - - - 0,179 0,225 0,301 0,367 0,448
Correction factors
- Correction of the throw LT without ceiling effect
Distance between ceiling and supply grille (m) Correction
≥ 0,9 m LT x 0,75
- Correction factor according to the deflection of the vertical vanes
Velometer jet: 2220A or 6070 (see p. 1 051 verso)
0%
%
%
25
50
10 0
+ 1
8
+ 1
NR
NR
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
0,3 m max vT
qv tL
ts
25% 50% D 10°
100%
tR
LT
0
+2
0
NR
+1
NR
20° LS
LS
LT
Solution:
+1
NR
60 Solution:
50 - Grille 800 x 200 mm
40 - Grilles 400 x 100 or 250 x 150 mm - Supply air velocity vk= 5,5 m/s
- Supply air velocity vk= 7 m/s - Noise level NR 45
30 - Noise level NR 45 - Total pressure loss with damper
- Total pressure loss with damper type 100 % open: ∆ pt = 4,5 Pa.
20 type 50 % open: ∆ pt = 90 Pa.
18 - Noise level correction NR 45 + 10 =
16
14 NR 55
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
v (m/s)
k
0, 07
0, 5
0, 8
0, 2
0, 14
0, 16
0, 5
0, 18
02
0, 3
01
00
01
03
0, 0, 4
02
0
0
0
0
0
0
06 05
0,
0,
0,
20 0,4
18 tL 0,35
Ak
tS m 2
08
16
0,
0,3
i
2
0,25
12 0,4
0
8 6
0,35
0,2 0,3
10
0,18 0,25
5
9 0,2
0, 0 0 0 0
0,16 0,18
8
5
0,16
0,14 0,14
7 0,12
0,12 0,10
6 Ak
0,10 0,08
2
m 0,07
5 0,09 0,06
4,5 0,05
0,08
4 0,04
0,07
3,5 0,03
0,06 0,025
3 0,055
0,02
0,05
2,5 0,045 0,015
0,04 0,01
2 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 7 8
0,008
2,5 3
12 13 14 15
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
LT (m) 0,007
LT (m)
Deflection 0°
Correction factors ∆ tL
Deflection Ak vk LT NR i
Correction for vertical vane ∆ tS
deflection
Drop requirements
LDS (m)
5
2,
4
5
2
10 9 8 7
3
0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 1,2 1,4 1,6
0,3
0,25
LD
T
)
K m/s
0,2
V (
m/K 0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,1
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03
1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 7 8 9 10
LT (m)
Drop requirements
The total drop is the maximum vertical distance between the
center of a grille core and the lower point of a specified enve-
lope, determined by the envelope velocity vT. H
D
Drop correction LD L
D
S
Drop correction is possible by projecting the air current upward,
with supply grilles having adjustable horizontal bars.
The drop effect can be significantly corrected if the air is project- A) Envelope of a non- Drop correction diagram
ed upward 15° to 20°, as shown in the drop correction diagram. isothermal air current
The correction factors “C” in the diagram are only valid if the min- without drop correc-
imum distance Hd between the center of the grille and the ceil- tion.
ing is maintained. B) Envelope of a non-
isothermal air current
with drop correction.
- 0°deflection
- with ceiling effect
- damper completely open
50
NR
45
NR
40
NR
35
NR
30
NR
25
NR
20
NR
qv
m3/h.m 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 8000 10000 D
25%
100
m3/s.m
50
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 2
14
10
13
18
12
NR
+
NR
11
10
9
8 NR 50
7
NR 45
6
NR 40
5 NR 35
NR 30
vK 4
NR 25
m/s NR 20
3
2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 40 60 100
H 75 100 150 200 300
pt (pa)
75 0,029
100 0,042
150 0,068
200 0,094
300 0,146
Example
SUPPLY:
Selection data:
- Airflow rate qv = 0,22 m3/s
- Throw LT = 10 m at vT = 0,25 m/s
0,3 m max vT
qv tL
Solution:
- Grille height H = 100mm
ts - Supply air velocity vk = 3,4 m/s
10°
- Noise level NR 27
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 9 Pa.
tR
LT
EXHAUST:
- Exhaust air flow rate qv = 0,2 m3/s
- Grille height H = 75 mm
- Air velocity vk = 7m/s
- Noise level NR 39
- Total pressure loss with damper 50 %
open: ∆ pt = 15 Pa.
- Noise level correction NR 39 + 8 =
NR 47
Pressure loss
with damper type ..7 with perforated sheet type ..3
25% 50% D
200
100% 180
p 160
t 140
Pa 120
0
100
+2
0
NR
+1
80
10
NR
+
NR
60
50
40
30
20
18
16
14
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
v (m/s)
k
Fixing method concealed screw fixing Mullion location A-100, 110 • G-100, 110
Installation dimensions
A-710/G-710 A-717/G-717
1
Application
The grille type A-710/G-710 is used
for the exhaust of air or as a transfer
grille in facilities such as offices,
warehouses, shopping centres, ...
The grille can be mounted in the
wall or on a door.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
800 X 200
600 X 200 • A-710: frame in extruded alumini-
500 X 200 um; aluminium roll-formed sheet;
400 X 200
both vanes satin anodised
400 X 150 • G-710: roll-formed steel sheet
300 X 150
painted white (RAL 9010)
250 X 150
3
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 m /h
How to order
GF710, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
G F 7 1 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
0: without damper
3: with perforated sheet 35 % passage
7: with damper GT007
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
Fixing methods
Grille with friction springs and Grille with concealed screw fixing Grille with visible screw fixing
mounting frame and mounting frame
Delivery possibilities
Grille with single row of horizontal vanes
D
1
qv
%
m3/h 60 80 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000
%
100
50
m3/s 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,03 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 1,2
14
13
12
25%
11
10
9
+9
NR
NR 50
8
7 NR 45
18
+
NR
NR 40
6
NR 35
5
NR 30
vK 4 NR 25
m/s
NR 20
3
4 5 6 8 10 15 20 40 60 80 100
100 200 300 500
250 400 pt (pa)
150 250 400 600
300 500 800
200 400 600 1000
500 800
300 500 800
600 1000
Example
- Exhaust air flow rate qv = 0,12 m3/s
- Grille 400 x 150 mm
- Air velocity vk = 6 m/s
- Noise level = NR 32
- Total pressure loss with damper 50 % open: ∆ pt = 40 Pa
- Noise level correction NR 32 + 9 = NR 41
Installation dimensions
A-780 A-787
1
Application
The grille type A-770/A-780 is used
for the exhaust of large quantities
of air with minimal pressure loss in
facilities such as offices, warehous-
AD/AF770 es, shopping centres, ...
The grille can be mounted in the
25
Technical information
45°
H x L
Characteristics:
12,5
500 x 300
500 x 200
400 x 200
300 x 200 Throw LT (m)
300 x 150
250 x 150
200 x 100
10 200 300 400 500600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 m3/h
Fixing methods
AD770/AD780 + GR001 AE780 + GR001 AF770/AF780
Friction spring fixing and mounting Concealed screw fixing and mount- Visible screw fixing
frame ing frame
How to order
AE780, dimension 300 x 300 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille
A E 7 8 7 - - 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
7: mesh with 45° deflection
8: square mesh
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
QV
1
3
m /h 100 200 300 400 500 600 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 10000 14000
0%
%
3
50
m /s
10
0,03 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2 3
14
%
13
25
12
11
10
9
vk 8
NR 5
5
8
NR 5
(m/s) 7 0
0
NR
+2
NR 4
6 5
NR
NR 4
0
5
NR 3
5
NR 3
4 0
NR 2
5
NR 2
3 0
1,5 3 5 8 15 30 60 100
2 4 6 10 20 40 80
100 200 300
250
p (Pa)
150 150
200
250
300
400
500 t
200 200 300 500
250 400 600
Example
- Exhaust air flow rate qv = 0,5 m3/s
- Grille: 500 x 300 mm
- Air velocity vk = 6,5 m/s
- Noise level NR 40
Velometer jet: 2220 A or 6070 - Total pressure loss with damper 50 % open: ∆ pt = 15 Pa
- Noise level correction: NR 40 + 8 = NR 48
Installation dimensions
AH710 AH780
1
(H-5) x (L-5)
(H-5) x (L-5)
Application
The grille type AH710/770/780 is
used for the exhaust of air in facili-
ties such as offices, warehouses,
workshops, ...
The grille can be used for wall or
duct mounting in situations where
the surroundings have to be safe-
guarded against pollution.
AH710:
• fixed horizontal vanes with 40°
deflection
( H + 30 ) x ( L + 30 )
( H + 40 ) x ( L + 40 )
(H+5) x (L+5)
cartridges
• available in multiples of 25 mm,
as well in length as in height
• min L = 100 mm, max L = 2000 mm
min H = 75 mm, max H = 1000 mm
AH770/AH780:
57 • grid core with square mesh (AH
780) or with mesh of 45° deflec-
66
tion (AH770)
• links: 12,5 x 12,5 mm
• free passage ca. 85 %
• the grille is hinged to the filter
Nominal dimensions
frame enabling 25 mm thick filter
L = nominal length (mm)
cartridges
H = nominal height (mm)
• available in multiples of 1 mm, as
All dimensions in mm
well in length as in height
• min L = 100 mm, max L = 600 mm
min H = 100 mm, max H = 1200
mm
Specifications description
Example:
Type: AH780
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
How to order
AH710, dimension 625 x 400 mm with fixed filterframe
a) Grille
A H 7 1 0 - - 0 6 2 5 0 4 0 0
L H
710: with fixed blades (deflection 40°)
770: with grid core (45° deflection mesh of 12,5 x 12,5 mm)
780: with grid core (square mesh of 12,5 x 12,5 mm)
H: grille with fixed filterframe and concealed screw fixing
b) Filter cartridge
F I 3 2 5 - - 0 6 2 0 0 3 9 5
L H
FI225: class G2
FI325: class G3
FI425: class G4
Remark: nom.dimension of the filter = nom.dimension of the grille -5 mm
(see drawing)
AH710/FH101/FH201/FH711 AH770/AH780/FH771/FH781
1
700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2500 3000
700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2500 3000 m3/h
qv qv
0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,45 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 m3/s
0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,45 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 m3/s
8 5 3,5
8
3
7 4,5
7
NR 45 2,5 NR 30
6
4 pt (pa)
5 2
6 NR 40
4,5 NR 25
vk 3,5
1,8
1,6
4
m/s vk
5 3,5 NR 35 m/s 1,4
NR 20
3 3
1,2
4,5 2,8
2,5 NR 30
1
4 pt 2,6
0,9
(pa)
2 2,4 0,8
1,8 NR 25
3,5 2,2 0,7
1,6
1,4 0,6
NR 20 2
3
400 500 625
400 500 625 500 500 625
500 500
Installation dimensions
FH101
C
B
1
F
27
14,5
4.7
35
Application
The grille type FH101/201/371/711/
18 25 25 771/781 is used for the exhaust of air in
facilities such as offices, warehouses,
A work-shops, ...
The grille can be used for wall or duct
mounting where the surroundings
FH201 have to be safeguarded against pol-
C lution
B Technical information
F Characteristics:
FH101:
27
18 25 25 FH201:
• adjustable curved vanes, 2 direc-
tions
A • free passage ca. 60 %
• the grille is hinged to the filter frame
enabling all 25 mm thick filter car-
FH371 tridges
C
FH371:
B
• perforated sheet
• free passage ca. 50 %
F
• the grille is hinged to the filter frame
enabling all 25 mm thick filter car-
tridges
27
14,5
4.7
FH711:
35
FH771:
FH711
C • grid core with mesh 45° deflection,
12,5 x 12,5 mm
B • free passage ca. 85 %
• the grille is hinged to the filter
F frame enabling all 25 mm thick fil-
ter cartridges
27
14,5 FH781:
4.7
35
• free passage ca. 85 %
• the grille is hinged to the filter
frame enabling all 25 mm thick fil-
18 16,7 25 ter cartridges
A
Plenum DP100S
FH771 C
T
F
H1
27
14,5
4.7
35
C + 26
18 25
A Plenum DP100T
ø D2
FH781 C
B H2
F
27
14,5 C
4.7
C + 26
35
18 25
594 x 294 594 x 294 505 x 205 535 x 235 500 x 200
594 x 594 594 x 594 505 x 505 535 x 535 500 x 500
669 x 669 669 x 669 580 x 580 610 x 610 575 x 575
L H
101: with curved vanes, 1 direction
201: with curved vanes, 2 directions
371: with perforated steel sheet
711: with fixed horizontal vanes
771: with grid core (links 45° deflection,
12,5 x 12,5 mm)
781: with grid core (straight links 12,5 x 12,5 mm)
H: grille with fixed filterframe and concealed screw fixing
b) Filter Cartridge
F I 3 2 5 - - 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0
L H
FI225: class G2
FI325: class G3
FI425: class G4
Installation dimensions
AD250 AE250
1
20
20
( H + 30 ) x ( L + 30 )
( H - 20 ) x ( L - 20 )
( H + 30 ) x ( L + 30 )
( H - 20 ) x ( L - 20 )
HxL
HxL
Application
The transfer grille type A-250 is used
for wall mounting.
The grille can be used for supply or
exhaust of small air volumes in
heating, ventilating or air treatment
systems.
34 44
Technical information
Characteristics:
AF250
• horizontal vanes with 45° deflec-
tion
• distance of the blades = 20 mm
• can be used as supply, exhaust
and transfer grille
• available in multiples of 25 mm in
length and 25 mm in height
20
( H - 20 ) x ( L - 20 )
of 25 mm as well in length as in
height
Construction:
29
How to order
AD257, dimension 500 x 300 mm with mounting frame GR001
a) Grille
A D 2 5 7 - - 0 5 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 5 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
0%
%
3
50
m /s
10
0,03 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,2 1,6 2
14
13
12
%
11
25
10
9
vk 8
NR 50
NR 45
9
(m/s) 7
18
NR
NR 40
+
6
NR
NR 35
5
NR 30
4 NR 25
NR 20
3
5 8 15 30 60 100 200
6 10 20 40 80 150
200 300 400 600 800 1000
200 500 700 900
300 400 500 700 900 p (Pa)
300 600 800 t
400 600 800 1000
400 500 700 900
500 700 900
500 600 800 1000
200 0,012 0,019 0,026 0,031 0,04 0,046 0,052 0,058 0,064
300 - 0,031 0,04 0,052 0,064 0,073 0,086 0,095 0,105
400 - - 0,058 0,073 0,086 0,105 0,116 0,132 0,15
500 - - - 0,095 0,116 0,132 0,15 0,17 0,189
TRANSFER GRILLE
AF980
Installation dimensions
AF980 AF981
1
25
( H + 41 ) x ( L + 41 )
( H + 30 ) x ( L + 30 )
( H - 20 ) x ( L - 20 )
H x L
16,7
Application
The grille type AF980 is used as a transfer
grille in facilities such as offices, hospitals,
schools, ...
The grille can be used for wall or door
mounting and is recommended for the
min 30 6
max 58
transfer of air from one room to another.
The sight-proof design (1 grille) is espe-
Nominal dimensions cially used for dressing rooms, lavatories
L = Nominal length (mm) and laundries.
H = Nominal height (mm) A light-tight grille is obtained by installing
All dimensions in mm 2 grilles back to back and painting them
black, especially suited for dark rooms or
cinemas.
Fast selection diagram
Type: AF981
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
How to order
A F 9 8 0 - - 0 4 0 0 0 1 5 0
L H
0: without counterframe
1: with counterframe
TRANSFER GRILLE
AF980
Selection diagram
1
NR 55
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
Installation dimensions
AS/GS120 AS/GS130
1
Application
The grille type AS/GS is used for the
supply and exhaust of cooled or
heated air in facilities such as ware-
houses, workshops, commercial
centres, ...
The grille can be direct mounted
on a circular duct.
The vanes can be adjusted manu-
ally and individually to obtain an
optimal air distribution.
5 6 8 12
425 x 125 Throw LT (m)
4 6 8 11
625 x 75
525 x 75 4 5 7 10
425 x 75 4 5 7 9
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 m3/h
Fixing dimensions
How to order
G S 1 3 5 - - 0 6 2 5 0 1 2 5
L H
Delivery possibilities
AS/GS120 AS/GS130
AS/GS126 AS/GS135
LT (m)
m3/h
4000
5000
m3/s
q
v
- 0°deflection
- With ceiling effect
- Without damper
1
3500 1,4 10 vk
20 30 40 3000 1,2 9
2500 1 m/s
18 35 0,9 8
25 2000 0,8 50
16 30
1800 0,7 7 NR
1600 0,6
14 1400 45
20 0,5 6 NR
1200
25 1000 0,4 40
12 18
900 5 NR
0,35
16 800 0,3 35
10 20 700 NR
14 600 0,25
9 18 4 30
500 0,2 NR
8 12 16 0,18
0,16 25
14 NR
7 400 3
10 0,14 20
12 NR
6 9 350 0,12 2,5
8
5 10 300
0,10
7 2
9 250 0,09
4 6 8
0,08
3,5 7 200 0,07
5
180
3 6 0,06
160
4
2,5 5 140 0,05
3,5
120
2 3 4 0,04
3,5 100 0,035
2,5
3 0,03
1,5
75 425 625
vT 0,50 0,33 0,25 m/s 525
vR 0,25 0,17 0,12 m/s 125 425 625
525
225 425 625
525
425 625 NOTE: noise level correction with
325
525 damper: see pressure loss
diagram
Correction factors
Throw correction factor LT without ceiling effect
Distance between ceiling and supply grille Correction
M 0,9 m LT x 0,75
11
18
+
NR
+
NR
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
L (mm)
GS
D
%
%
50
Pt (Pa)
200 75 0,012 0,014 0,017
125 0,023 0,029 0,034
150
225 0,044 0,055 0,066
130
100
+3
NR
80
5
Example - exhaust
+2
NR
5
+1
60
NR
50
NR
10
5
1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
vK (m/s)
vD
vk pt
CORE GRILLE
AC300/400/500
Installation dimensions
AC300 AC400/500
1
Application
Bar grille type AC300 /400/500 is
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled or heated air in facilities
L: nominal length (mm)
such as offices, shopping centres, ...
H: nominal height (mm)
The grille consists of a core without
All dimensions in mm
flanges or system fixation.
The AC300/400 construction cannot
be used for floor mounting; AC500
can.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Type: AC500
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
AC420/520
Deflection 15°
AC320
Deflection 15°
Accessories
• cannot be delivered with flow
equalizer or damper
• acces door: see p. 1 181 and 1 201
Corner sections
How to order:
AC300 corner section, height = 200 mm
A C 3 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
3, 4 or 5 Size L x H H
How to order
AC300, dimension 600 x 200 mm
A C 3 0 0 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
0: bar grille
2: bar grille, 15° deflection
BAR GRILLE
A-300
Installation dimensions
AA/AB300
20 ( H - 20 ) x ( L - 20 )
( H + 20 ) x ( L + 20 ) AD/AE/AF300
1
H x L
Application
The bar grille type A-300 is used for
29 6
the supply and exhaust of cooled or
heated air in facilities such as offices,
shopping centres,...
L: nominal length (mm) The grille can be used for wall or win-
H: nominal height (mm) dow sill mounting where strict aes-
All dimensions in mm thetic construction is desired.
The grilles cannot be used for floor
mounting.
Fast selection diagram
Technical information
Characteristics:
Dimension
20 30 40 NR
• straight bars or with 15° deflection
L x H (mm)
5,5 9 15
• bars on 12,5 or 162/3 mm to centre
1000 x 300
5 9 14 • available in multiples of 1 mm in
800 x 300
length and 12,5 mm in height
4,5 8 12
800 x 200 min L = 100 mm, max L = 2000 mm
600 x 200
4 7 11 min H = 37,5 mm, max H = 600 mm
4 7 11
500 x 200
4 6 10 Throw LT (m)
• GT007 only available in multiples of
400 x 200
3,5 6 9,5
25 mm as well in length as in height
400 x 150 • linear grilles (= grilles consisting of
3 5 8 intermediate and end pieces) only
400 x 100
available in heights 75, 100, 150,
3 4,5 7
300 x 100 2,5 4 7 200, 300 mm
250 x 100
2,5 4 6,5
200 x 100
Construction:
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 3000 4000 m3/h • extruded aluminium frame and
bars
• in case of construction with flow
Throw factor is based on a vR of 0,17 m/s in the occupied zone. equalizer, the adjustable vanes are
For a detailed selection and other dimensions, see p. 1 230. integrated in the frame and form a
Valid only for supply, see diagram p. 1 230 for exhaust. whole with the grille. Aluminium
sheet vanes (max H = 525 mm).
• finish satin anodised
How to order
AA300, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007 and mounting frame
GR001
a) Grille Delivery possibilities
A A 3 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
• A-300, 320, 340, 360
L H
Grille with front bars only.
-: grille in one piece
E: end piece
M: intermediate piece
L: left end piece (for 15° deflection)*
R: right end piece (for 15° deflection)*
• A-307, 327, 347, 367
0: without damper
7: with damper Grille with front bars and
0: bar grille only, on 12,5 mm to centre opposed blade damper.
1: bar grille and flow equalizer, on 12,5 mm to centre
2: bar grille, 15° deflection, on 12,5 mm to centre
3: bar grille, 15° deflection, on 12,5 mm to centre and flow equalizer
4: bar grille, on 162/3 mm to centre
5: bar grille, on 162/3 mm to centre and flow equalizer
6: bar grille, 15° deflection, on 162/3 mm to centre
7: bar grille, 15° deflection, on 162/3 mm to centre and flow equalizer
A:frame width 20 mm, friction spring fixing • A-310, 330, 350, 370
B: frame width 20 mm, concealed screw fixing
D:frame width 25 mm, friction spring fixing Grille with front bars and flow
E: frame width 25 mm, concealed screw fixing equalizer.
F: frame width 25 mm, screw fixing
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
• A-317, 337, 357, 377
L H
- : grille in one piece Grille with front bars, flow equal-
E: end piece izer and opposed blade dam-
M: intermediate piece per.
* NOTE: L (left) and R (right) are being determined by looking at the face of
the bar grille having a downward deflection.
Access Doors
The A-300 grilles series can be provided with a left or right access
door as of a H = 100 mm nominal.
LEFT RIGHT
L H
4: with access door on the right*
5: with access door on the left*
A, B, C, D, E or F
* Note: L(left) and R (right) are being determined by looking at the face
of the grille with the bars having a downward deflection.
Corner Sections
The corner sections are being manufactured in one piece with an
inner dimension of 300 x 300 mm nominal (see drawing).
The corner sections are standard 90°
How to order:
AA300 corner section, H = 200 mm
A A 3 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
inner dimension H
0: 0° defl.
C: corner section 0° deflection or 15°
2: 15° defl.
inwards
A, B, D, E or F D: corner section 0° deflection or 15°
outwards
Fixing methods
AA/AD300 + GR001 AB/AE300 + GR001 AF300
Grille with friction springs and Grille with concealed screw Grille with visible screw fixing
mounting frame fixing and mounting frame
Installation dimensions
Z-300 ( H + 18 ) x ( L + 18 )
1
15 12.5
2
23
( H - 22 ) x ( L - 22 )
HxL Application
The grille type Z-300 is used for the
supply and exhaust of cooled or
L: nominal length (mm) heated air in facilities such as
H: nominal height (mm) offices, shops, ...
All dimensions in mm The grille can be mounted in a win-
dow sill where strict aesthetic con-
struction is desired.
Fast selection diagram This grille can not be used for floor
mounting.
Dimension
Technical information
20 30 40 NR
L x H (mm)
5,5 9 15
1000 x 300
5 9 14
Characteristics :
800 x 300
800 x 200
4,5 8 12
• straight bars or 15° deflection
600 x 200
4 7 11 • frame = 15 mm
4 7 11
500 x 200 • bars on 12,5 mm or 162/3 mm to
4 6 10 Throw LT (m)
400 x 200 centre
3,5 6 9,5
400 x 150 • available in multiples of 1 mm in
3 5 8
length and 12,5 mm in height
400 x 100 min L = 100 mm, max L = 2000 mm
3 4,5 7
300 x 100 2,5 4 7
min H = 50 mm, max H = 300 mm
250 x 100
2,5 4 6,5 • linear grilles (= grille consisting of
200 x 100
intermediate and end pieces)
• ZA300: removable core
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 3000 4000 m3/h • ZB300: fixed core
Type : ZA300
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
Deflection 15°
How to order
ZA300, dimension 600 x 200 mm
Z A 3 0 0 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
FLOOR GRILLE
AG300
Installation dimensions
AG300
( H+30 ) x ( L+30 )
1
5,5 12,5
24
46
Application
HxL The grille type AG300 is used for the
supply and exhaust of cooled and
heated air in comfort installations.
The grille can be mounted in the
L: nominal length (mm) floor to give a linear appearance.
H: nominal height (mm)
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Type: AG307
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
Deflection 15°
Corner sections
How to order:
AG300 corner section, height = 200 mm
A G 3 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
inner dimension H
C: Corner section: 0° deflection or 15° inwards
D: Corner section: 0° deflection or 15° out-
wards
0: 0° deflection
2: 15° deflection
AG310
Grille with front bars and flow e-
qualizer.
A G 3 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
* NOTE: L (left) and R (right) are being determined by looking at the face
of the grille with the bars having a downward deflection.
BAR GRILLE
A-400/500
Installation dimensions
AA400/AA500 AD400/AF400/AD500/AF500
1
Application
The bar grille type A-400/500 is used for
the supply and exhaust of cooled or
L = nominal length heated air in facilities such as offices,
H = nominal height shopping centres, ...
All dimensions in mm The grille can be used for wall or win-
dow sill mounting (A-400) or floor
mounting (A-500) to give a linear ap-
Fast selection diagram pearance.
Technical information
Dimension
L x H (mm)
20 30 40 NR Characteristics:
5,5 9 15
1000 x 300
800 x 300
5 9 14 • straight bars or with 15° deflection
4,5 8 12 • bars on12,5 mm to centre
800 x 200
• available in multiples of 1 mm in
4 7 11
600 x 200
4 7 11 length and 12,5 mm in height
500 x 200
400 x 200
4 6 10 Throw LT (m) min L = 100 mm, max L = 1500 mm
400 x 150
3,5 6 9,5 min H = 37,5 mm, max H = 450 mm
• GT007 only available in multiples of
3 5 8
400 x 100 25 mm as well in length as in height
300 x 100
3 4,5 7 • linear grilles (= grilles consisting of
2,5 4 7
250 x 100
2,5 4 6,5
intermediate and end pieces) only
200 x 100
available in heights of 75, 100, 150,
200, 300 mm
• A-500: identical to A-400 but with
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 3000 4000 m3/h
special reinforcement for floor
mounting
Throw factor is based on a vR of 0,17 m/s in the occupied zone. • A-500: Succesfully tested to comply
For a detailed selection and other dimensions, see p. 1 230. with the specifications and structural
Valid for supply only, see diagram p. 1 230 for exhaust. integrity requirements of European
test standard EN 13264 - “medium”
structural classification (with a load
of 3 kN over 25 x 25 mm2 area)
Construction:
Delivery possibilities
• A-400/420/500/520
Supply and exhaust grille with fix-
ed horizontal bars.
H D P
38 31 74
50 44 87
• A-410/430/510/530
63 57 100 Supply grille with fixed horizontal
How to order bars complete with flow equaliz-
er with adjustable vertical bars.
AA400, dimension 600 x 200 mm, with damper GT007
A A 4 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
• A-407/427/507/527
L H Supply and exhaust grille same
-: grille in one piece as A-400/420/500/520 complete
E: end piece with opposed blade damper.
M: intermediate piece
L: left end piece (for deflection15°)*
R: right end piece(for deflection15°)*
0: without damper
7: with damper
9: with damper for heights 38, 50 and 63mm
4: standard construction
5: floor use reinforcement
Access doors
The A-400 grilles series can be provided with a left or right access
door as of a H = 100 mm nominal.
Left Right
B = H-20
How to order:
Deflection
A D 4 0 4 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
down
L H
4: With access door on the right*
5: With access door on the left*
A, C, D, or F
* Note: L (left) and R (right) are being determined by looking at the face
of the bar grille having a downward deflection.
Corner sections
The corner sections are being manufactured in one piece with an inner
dimension of 300 x 300 mm nominal (see drawing). The corner sections
are standard 90°.
How to order:
AD400 corner section, height = 200 mm
A D 4 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
inner dimension H
C: Corner section 0° deflection
or 15° inwards
0: 0° deflection D: Corner section 0° deflection
2: 15° deflection or 15° outwards
A, D or F
Fixing methods
Installation dimensions
AV500
599
1
2,5 5
18
20
35
50
Application
The grille type AV500 is designed for
the supply and exhaust of cooled
507 and heated air in technical or
computer rooms. The grille is used
with raised 600 x 600 mm modular
floor systems and underfloor air dis-
Selection table tribution network.
Supply
Technical information
Air Volume Air velocity Pressure drop Throw Noise level Characteristics :
3
qv (m /h) vk (m/s) ∆ pt (Pa) LT (m) (NR) • overall size 599 x 599 mm
• straight bars 18 x 5 mm fixed on 5
325 0,67 1 1,8 < 20 support bars 25 x 3 mm
• bars on 12,5 mm to centre
650 1,35 3 2,4 < 20
• the grille core can be removed
720 1,50 4 2,5 < 20 • standard depth = 20 mm (steel
supports or adjustable screws
975 2,03 5 3,6 23 can be delivered to suit request-
1300 2,70 8 5,0 26 ed depth)
• Succesfully tested to comply with
1625 3,38 13 6,4 28 the specifications and structural
integrity requirements of Euro-
1950 4,05 19 7,8 30
pean test standard EN13264 -
2275 4,73 25 9,0 31 heavy structural classification
2600 32 34 (with a load of 4,5 kN over 25 x 25
5,40 11,0
mm2 area)
Exhaust Construction:
Air Volume Pressure drop Noise level
• steel frame (2,5 mm thickness)
qv (m3/h) ∆ pt (Pa) (NR)
painted black (RAL 9005)
650 2 25 • extruded aluminium, satin anodi-
sed core
1300 6 27 • upon request, both frame and
core are available in a black
1950 13 31
nylon coating to give full electri-
2600 22 34 cal isolation where required.
3250 32 36
3900 43 42
4550 51 44
5200 66 47
20
20
50
H
50
M12
46 46
5 40
18,25
5
3
40
18,25
Delivery possibilities
How to order
• AV500
Floor grille with straight front bars
AV500, dimension 600 x 600 mm with damper GT007
• AV507
AV500 with damper GT007
• AV510
A V 5 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 6 0 0 Floor grille with straight front bars
like AV500 only provided with
L H steel supports according to the
requi-red depth
• AV527
* NOTE: if height is > 20 mm, please mention size H AV520 with damper GT007
Installation dimensions
AF800
1
Application
A robust constructed grille type AF800
is used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled or heated air in rooms requiring
a robust construction, such as sports
centres, industrial halls, ...
The grille can be used for wall or duct
mounting.
Construction:
Type: AF810
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
Corner sections
How to order:
AF800 corner section, height = 200 mm
A F 8 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
inner dimension H
Delivery possibilities
• AF800 • AF810 • AF807
Grille with horizontal front bars. Grille with front bars and flow equal- Grille with front bars and opposed
izer. blade damper.
How to order
• AF817
Grille with front bars, flow equalizer
and opposed blade damper.
A F 8 0 7 - - 0 6 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
Installation dimensions
AG800
1
Application
The floor grille type AG800 is used for
the supply and exhaust of cooled or
heated air in rooms requiring a robust
construction, such as sports centres,
industrial halls, ...
The grille is purpose-made for integrated
L: nominal length (mm) floor mounting.
H: nominal height (mm)
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Type: AG800
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... (mm)
Corner sections
How to order:
AG800 corner section, height = 200 mm
A G 8 0 0 C - 0 3 0 0 0 2 0 0
Inner dimension H
L H
BAR GRILLE
A-300/400/500/800
35
NR
30
NR
25
NR
20
NR
Wall mounted
Correction factors:
- Throw correction factor without ceiling effect
Velometer jet 2220 A or 6070 - Correction factors for vertical vane deflection of flow equalizer
(see p. 1 231 verso)
0%
%
D
50
10
%
25
NR 55
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
0,3 m max vT
qv tL
ts
25% 50% D 10°
100%
tR
LT
0
+2
0
NR
+1
NR
20° LS
LS
LT
100
Air flow rate qv = 0,09 m3/s Exhaust air flow rate qv = 0,16 m3/s
Throw LT = 7 m at vT = 0,25 m/s.
80 Solution:
0
+1
Solution:
NR
60
Grille 1000 x 100 mm.
50
Grille 500 x 100 or 300 x 150 mm. Air velocity vk = 3,9 m/s.
40 Supply air velocity vk = 3,9 m/s. Noise level NR 25
Noise level NR 29 Total pressure loss with damper
30
Total pressure loss with perforated 100 % open: ∆ pt = 3,2 Pa
sheet: ∆ pt = 59 Pa.
20 Noise level correction NR
18 29 + 10 = NR 39
16
14
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
v (m/s)
k
Induction and temperature quotient with ceiling effect (also valid for lineair grilles)
0 , 07
0, 5
0, 8
0, 2
0, 14
0, 16
0, 35
0, 18
02
0, 3
01
00
01
0, 0, 4
02
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
06 05
0,
0,
0,
08
0,
5 0,4 0,3 0,3 0,2 0,20,1 0,1 ,14 0,1 0,1
2
0
5 5 8 6
0,
Ak
m2
0° deflection
Correction factors ∆ tL
Type Deflection Ak vk LT NR i
∆ tS
Correction factors for vertical
vane deflection of flow equalizer
300, 400 20° x 0,87 x 1,15 x 0,85 +3 x 1,4 x 0,7
Drop requirements
LDS (m)
5
2,
4
5
2
10 9 8 7
3
0,2 0,25 0,3 0,35 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 1,2 1,4 1,6
0,3
0,25
LD
T
)
K m/s
0,2
V (
m/K 0,18
0,16
0,14
0,12
0,1
0,09
0,08
0,07
0,06
0,05
0,04
0,03
1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 7 8 9 10
LT (m)
Drop requirements
0° deflection
50
Sill mounted NR
45
NR
40
NR
35
NR
30
NR
Wall mounted 25
NR
20
NR
* A-400/500 only
50%
100
D
25%
0
+1
NR
NR 55
0
+2
NR
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
When 15° deflected bars are used, air flow rate will be reduced by 5 % at
listed ∆ pt and NR values.
* A-400/500 only
0,3 m max vT
D
25% 50% qv tL
100%
ts
10°
0
+2
tR
0
NR
LT
+1
NR
2 - 6,5 LT x 1,10 + 5 NR
200
180
p 160 SUPPLY: EXHAUST:
t 140
Pa 120
Selection data:
Selection data:
100
80 Air flow rate qv = 0,065 m3/s Air flow rate qv = 0,1 m3/s.m
0
Solution:
NR
60
50 Solution:
Size H = 75 mm
40
Size H = 63 mm Air velocity vk = 4 m/s
30
Supply air velocity vk = 2,4 m/s Noise level NR 20
Noise level NR 21 Total pressure loss with damper
Total pressure with damper 100 % 100 % open: ∆ pt = 2,5 Pa
20 open: ∆ pt = 10 Pa
18
16
Correction on noise level
14 NR 21 + 10 = NR 31
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
v (m/s)
k
Installation dimensions
CB400
52 25
1
øA
øN
Application
The circular grille type CB400 is used
for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and heated air, particularly
in smaller spaces such as wash-
77 rooms, toilets, bathrooms or kitchen
within housing, restaurants, retail or
commercial uses.
The grille can be direct mounted
Size ØN ØA on a circular duct or fixed to the
wall with screws.
100 100 160
Construction:
How to order
CB420, size 125 mm with a deflection of 15°
C B 4 2 0 - - 0 1 2 5 0 0 0 0
size
vk (m/s)
EXHAUST
vk (m/s)
1
qv (m3/h) 100 125 160 qv (m3/h) 100 125 160
Pressure loss
∆ pt(Pa) ∆ pt(Pa)
30 2 1 30 2 1
60 9 3 60 6 3
75 14 5 75 10 4
90 21 8 90 14 6
130 16 5 130 12 5
160 25 8 160 19 8
210 13 210 12
250 19 250 18
Lw (NR) Lw (NR)
30 14 14 30 14 14
60 18 17 60 16 15
75 24 18 75 24 18
90 31 24 90 31 24
130 32 23 130 33 23
160 35 26 160 36 28
210 33 210 37
250 36 250 42
SUPPLY
Throw
LT (m)
3
qv (m /h) 100 125 160
30 1,6 1,3
60 3,3 2,6
75 4,1 3,2
90 4,9 3,9
210 6,7
250 8
Installation dimensions
CB780
52 14
1
Dia. A
Dia. N
Application
The circular grille with grid core
type CB780 is used for the exhaust
of smaller air volumes, particularly
66
in smaller spaces such as wash-
rooms, toilets, bathrooms or
kitchens within housing, restaurants,
Size ØN ØA retail or commercial uses.
The grille can be direct mounted
100 100 160 on a circular duct or fixed to the
wall with screws. The grid core can
125 125 160 easily be removed for cleaning.
160 160 200
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Type : CB780
size ..... mm
Selection table
∆ pt Comfort air
Size
flow (m3/h)
(Pa)
100 8 80
125 6 160
160 7 250
How to order
C B 7 8 0 - - 0 1 2 5 0 0 0 0
size
EXHAUST GRILLE
GK150
Installation dimensions
GK150
1
Application
The grille type GK150 is used for air
exhaust or as a transfer grille in
facilities such as offices, workshops,
warehouses, shopping centres, ...
The grille can be used for wall or
duct mounting.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Dimension
LxH (mm)
Specifications description
508 x 508
Example:
762 x 305
457 x 457
610 x 305 Steel wall grille with fixed stamp-
406 x 406 formed horizontal blades with 20°
457 x 305
deflection.
406 x 305
610 x 203
The grille is painted white (RAL 9010)
762 x 152
508 x 203
Type: GK150
406 x 203
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
356 x 203
305 x 203
356 x 152
305 x 152
Fixing
254 x 152
203 x 152
visible screw fixing
254 x 102
203 x 102
3
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 m /h
EXHAUST GRILLE
GK150
LxH
(mm)
Af
(m2)
vf (m/s) = 2
i pt(Pa) = 5
2,5
8
3
11 20
4 5
30
LxH
(mm)
Af
(m2)
vf (m/s) = 2
i pt(Pa) = 5
2,5
8
3
11
4
20
5
30
1
qv (m3/s) qv qv qv qv qv (m3/s) qv qv qv qv
203 x 102 0,014 0,028 0,035 0,042 0,056 0,070 406 x 305 0,094 0,188 0,235 0,282 0,376 0,470
How to order
GK150 dimension 406 x 203 mm
G K 1 5 0 - - 0 4 0 6 0 2 0 3
L H
Installation dimensions
GF161
42
1
Application
( H + 32 ) x ( L + 32 )
( H - 13 ) x ( L - 13 )
Technical information
Characteristics :
Construction :
Dimension
25 35 45
L x H (mm)
6 8,4 12 steel, painted white (RAL 9010).
610 x 203
5,2 7,8 10,1
508 x 203
5 7 9,4
406 x 203
356 x 203
4,8 6,8 9
Specifications description
4,4 6,1 8,5
406 x 152 Example:
4,2 6 8
356 x 152
4,1 5,8 7,7
305 x 152 Steel supply grille with stamp-
4 5,4 7,4
254 x 152
3,8 5 6,6
formed vertical blades, 20° deflec-
356 x 102 tion both to the left and the right
3,7 4,9 6,4
305 x 102
and equipped with a damper,
254 x 102
3,4 4,5 6,1 painted white (RAL 9010).
Throw LT (m)
3,1 4 5,8
203 x 102 Type: GF161
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 m3/h
Selection table
LxH
(mm)
Ak
(m2)
vk (m/s)
∆ pt(Pa)
2
4
2,5
6
3
8
4
15
5
23
1
203 x 102 0,012 qv (m3/s) 0,024 0,030 0,036 0,048 0,060
LT (m) 1,8 2,2 2,6 3,5 4,4
254 x 102 0,015 qv (m /s) 3
0,030 0,038 0,045 0,060 0,075
LT (m) 1,9 2,4 2,9 3,9 4,8
305 x 102 qv (m3/s) 0,038 0,048 0,057 0,076 0,095
0,019
203 x 152 LT (m) 2,2 2,7 3,3 4,3 5,4
356 x 102 0,022 qv (m /s) 3
0,044 0,050 0,066 0,088 0,110
LT (m) 2,4 3,0 3,6 4,7 6,0
254 x 152 0,026 qv (m3/s) 0,052 0,065 0,078 0,104 0,130
LT (m) 2,5 3,1 3,7 5,0 6,3
305 x 152 0,030 qv (m /s) 3
0,060 0,075 0,090 0,120 0,150
LT (m) 2,7 3,4 4,1 5,4 6,8
356 x 152 0,035 qv (m3/s) 0,070 0,088 0,105 0,140 0,175
LT (m) 2,9 3,7 4,4 5,8 7,3
406 x 152 0,041 qv (m /s) 3
0,082 0,103 0,123 0,164 0,205
LT (m) 3,2 3,9 4,7 6,3 7,9
356 x 203 0,047 qv (m3/s) 0,094 0,118 0,141 0,188 0,235
LT (m) 3,7 4,2 5,0 6,7 8,4
406 x 203 0,053 qv (m /s) 3
0,106 0,133 0,159 0,212 0,265
LT (m) 3,6 4,5 5,4 7,2 9,0
508 x 203 0,069 qv (m3/s) 0,138 0,173 0,207 0,276 0,345
LT (m) 4,1 5,1 6,1 8,1 10,2
610 x 203 0,083 qv (m /s) 3
0,166 0,208 0,249 0,332 0,415
LT (m) 4,5 5,6 6,7 8,9 11,1
How to order
G F 1 6 1 - - 0 3 5 6 0 2 0 3
L H
FLOOR GRILLE
GD200
Installation dimensions
GD207
1
Application
The grille type GD200 is used for the
supply and exhaust of air in facilities
such as workshops, sports halls, shop-
ping centres, ...
The grille can be used for floor
mounting.
Technical information
Characteristics:
600 x 400
406 x 400
Construction:
750 x 300
750 x 250
600 x 300
steel, painted white (RAL 9010)
400 x 400
500 x 300
500 x 250
700 x 150
Specifications description
500 x 200
400 x 200
300 x 250
Steel floor grille with fixed core (mesh
300 x 200 50 x 12,5 mm) for floor mounting.
350 x 150
250 x 200
The grille is painted white (RAL 9010)
300 x 150
200 x 200
Type: GD200
3
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 6000 m /h nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
Fixing
h
FLOOR GRILLE
GD200
Selection table
LxH
(mm)
Af
(m2)
vf (m/s) = 2
∆ pt(Pa) = 2
2,5
4
3
5
4
10
5
15
LxH
(mm)
Af
(m2)
vf (m/s) = 2
∆ pt(Pa) = 2
2,5
4
3
5
4
10
5
15
1
qv (m3/s) qv qv qv qv qv (m3/s) qv qv qv qv
200 x 200 0,028 0,056 0,070 0,084 0,112 0,140 750 x 150 0,084 0,168 0,210 0,252 0,336 0,420
300 x 150 0,032 0,064 0,080 0,096 0,128 0,160 500 x 250 0,096 0,192 0,240 0,288 0,384 0,480
250 x 200 0,036 0,072 0,090 0,108 0,144 0,180 750 x 200
600 x 250 0,116 0,232 0,290 0,348 0,464 0,580
350 x 150 0,039 0,078 0,098 0,117 0,156 0,195 500 x 300
300 x 200 0,044 0,088 0,110 0,132 0,176 0,220 400 x 400 0,125 0,250 0,313 0,375 0,500 0,625
400 x 150 0,046 0,092 0,115 0,138 0,184 0,230 600 x 300 0,141 0,282 0,353 0,423 0,564 0,705
250 x 250
750 x 250 0,146 0,292 0,365 0,438 0,584 0,730
300 x 250 0,056 0,112 0,140 0,168 0,224 0,280
750 x 300 0,177 0,354 0,443 0,531 0,708 0,885
400 x 200 0,060 0,120 0,150 0,180 0,240 0,300
600 x 400 0,190 0,380 0,475 0,570 0,760 0,950
600 x 150 0,066 0,132 0,165 0,198 0,264 0,330
500 x 500 0,199 0,398 0,498 0,597 0,796 0,995
300 x 300 0,068 0,136 0,170 0,204 0,272 0,340
750 x 400 0,240 0,480 0,600 0,720 0,960 1,200
500 x 200
400 x 250 0,076 0,152 0,190 0,228 0,304 0,380 750 x 500 0,302 0,604 0,755 0,906 1,208 1,510
How to order
G D 2 0 7 - - 0 3 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
FLOOR GRILLE
GD241
Installation dimensions
GD241
1
Application
The grille type GD241 is used for the
supply of cooled or heated air in
facilities such as private houses,
shopping centres, ...
The grille can be mounted in the
floor and is walkable.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
356 x 102
2 2,7 3,3
Steel floor grille with stamp-formed
blades, 30° deflection both to the
1,9 2,6 3,2
left and the right and equipped
305 x 102 with a damper, painted white (RAL
9010)
1,8 2,5 3,1
254 x 102 Type: GD241
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
Fixing
1,7 2,4 2,9
356 x 57
floor mounting
Throw LT (m)
1,6 2,3 2,8
305 x 57
FLOOR GRILLE
GD241
Selection table
LxH
(mm)
L1 x H1 L2 x H2 Ak
(m2)
vk (m/s)
∆ pt(Pa)
2
4
2,5
6
3
8
4
14
5
22
1
qv (m3/s) 0,023 0,029 0,035 0,046 0,058
305 x 57 334 x 86 297 x 49 0,012
LT (m) 1,7 1,9 2,0 2,2 2,5
How to order
G D 2 4 1 - - 0 3 0 5 0 1 0 2
L H
DAMPER
GT007
Installation dimensions
GT007
1
Application
The GT007 is a damper that can be
mounted on most of A- and G-
grilles. This damper allows an
adjustment of the air flow rate.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Specifications description
Example:
Type: GT007
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
How to order
G T 0 0 7 - - 0 5 0 0 0 2 0 0
SAFETY GRILLE
GD203T
Installation dimensions
GD203T 1
Application
The grille type GD203T is used for
(L-20) x (H-20) the supply and exhaust of air in
prison cells. The fixation is especially
(L+39) x (H+39) designed to make removal from
the inside of the cell impossible.
Technical information
Characteristics:
(L+39) x (H+39)
(L-20) x (H-20)
Construction:
Type: GD203T
nom. dim. (L x H) .... x ... mm
How to order
G D 2 0 3 T - 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0
L H
Installation dimensions
GP360 15
1
øB
øC
øA
25
5
180
Application
The circular grille type GP360 is used for
Size ØA ØB ØC the supply and the exhaust of air in pri-
son cells. The fixation is especially desig-
100 140 90 98 ned to make removal from the inside of
the cell impossible.
125 165 115 123
Construction:
• steel construction
• painted white (RAL 9010)
Type: GP360
size ..... mm
How to order
G P 3 6 0 - - 0 1 2 5 0 0 0 0
size
FLOOR GRILLE
VM
Installation dimensions
1
Application
øA
The grille type VM is used for supply
and exhaust of cooled and heated
air in facilities such as offices, meet-
ing rooms, auditoria, concert halls, ....
The grille can be mounted in the floor
where an strict aesthetic construction
is desired.
Suitable for mounting in system floors.
Technical Information
Characteristics:
øA
• floor grille combined with a swirl dif-
øB 25 fuser
• horizontal or vertical swirl-form air
4
pattern
• removable grille tile
• available with dust basket that can
E
be used as damper
• available with outer ring
• Succesfully tested to comply with
the specification and structural
2
Construction:
All dimensions in mm
Type: VM011
size ... mm
How to order
V M 0 1 1 - - 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
Size
FLOOR GRILLE
VM
3
qV )
m /h 200
/s
(m
3
LT ( m ) 150 m /s
120
v k 40
0,05
1,2 1,8 2,4 100 5 NR
90 0,04 4,
80 35
1 1,5 2 0,03
4
5
NR
70 3,
0,9 1,8 0,025 30
0,8 1,2 1,6 60 NR
0,7 1,4 0,02 25
1 50 0,018
2,
5 NR
0,6 0,9 1,2 0,016 20
0,8 40 NR
0,5 1 0,014
0,7 1,
8 15
0,9 0,012 6 NR
1,
0,4 0,6 0,8 30
0,01 4
1,
0,35 0,7
0,5 25 0,009
0,3 0,6 0,008
0,4 20
0,25 0,5 0,007
0,35
Pressure loss
1
Size 150 mm Size 200 mm
horizontal air pattern, VM011 horizontal air pattern, VM011
D D
0% % %
%
%
10 50 25
100
25
50
90 100
0%
80 90
10
70 80
60 70
Pt 50 60
Pt 50
( Pa ) 40
35 ( Pa ) 40
30 35
30
25
25
20
20
15
15
10
15 20 30 40 50 3
(m /h) 10
40 60 80 100 120 3
(m /h)
qv qv
0,006 0,01 0,015 0,01 0,015 0,025 0,035
3
0,005 0,008 0,012 (m /s) 0,02 0,03 3
(m /s)
Installation dimensions
CE100 • DE100
2
Application
The diffuser type CE100/DE100 is
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled or heated air in facilities
CE100 DE100 ØN ØA ØB C D F G such as offices, shopping centres,
workshops, factory halls, ...
160 160 160 279 323 12 35 85 46
The diffuser can be used for ceiling
200 200 200 375 428 10 51 101 55
or exposed duct mounting, espe-
250 250 250 467 538 14 67 117 68
cially in installations where an
315 315 315 557 635 10 85 135 80
adjustable pattern is required (hori-
- 355 355 648 743 18 96 146 86
zontally-vertically).
- 400 400 740 856 14 116 166 92 Suitable for mounting at higher alti-
- 450 450 832 970 14 135 185 110 tudes because of its adjustable
- 500 500 924 1081 17 149 199 116 pattern.
- 630 630 1103 1286 18 182 232 116
Size
(mm) 20 30 40 50 NR
400
1,5
1,7
2,3
2,5
,3
3,8
5
5,4
Technical information
355
315
1,4 2 3 4,3 Characteristics:
1,1 1,6 2,5 3,8
250
• CE100/DE100:
Throw LT (m)
200 1 1,4 2 3
- air pattern adjustable in 5 posi-
tions (vertically-horizontally)
- removable centre core
0,7 ,1 1,6 2,4
160
• DE120:
- effortlessly adjustable (vertically-
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 5000 7000 m3/h
horizontally)
- fixed centre core
- available up to size 315 mm
Throw factor is based on a vR of 0,17m/s in the occupied zone.
See page 2 020 for a detailed selection.
Accessories
Size ØN H
Damper Type DT112 for mounting with 160 160 55
DE120: 200 200 69
250 250 89
V-shaped damper steel sheet, painted 315 315 109
black (RAL 9005) 355 355 124
400 400 139
450 450 157
500 500 175 Delivery possibilities
630 630 221
• CE100: aluminium construction,
B
D T 0 0 3 - - 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0
size
* REMARK: plenum box DP150S see p. 8 020
2
- with ceiling effect
V
- damper completely open
T Vk
V
R
NR 50
NR 45
NR 40
NR 35
NR 30
NR 25
NR 20
Size 160 200 250 315 355 400 450 500 630
Ak hor. 0,014 0,026 0,042 0,062 0,085 0,112 0,143 0,177 0,257
Ak vert. 0,011 0,019 0,027 0,043 0,058 0,080 0,087 0,112 0,158
An 0,020 0,031 0,049 0,078 0,099 0,126 0,159 0,196 0,312
Example
Selection data:
Solution:
- Size 315 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 4 m/s
- Noise level NR 35
- Total pressure loss with damper
DT003 100 % open: ∆ pt = 14 Pa
D
25% 50% 100%
160 200 250
315
355
400
5
630
+1
450
7
500
NR
+
NR
500
630 450
400
355
315
250
200
160
Installation dimensions
DR160
Application
2
The diffuser type DR160 is used for
DR170 the supply and exhaust of cooled
or heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres,…
The diffuser can be used for ceiling
or exposed duct mounting and has
a fixed horizontal air pattern.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Size ØA ØB C ØD E F G H ØN
160 248 190 36 123 345 216 185 305 158
200 298 230 36 158 395 234 220 340 198
250 363 280 36 198 470 264 270 390 248
315 448 350 36 248 520 289 310 440 313
All dimensions in mm
0: without damper
1: damper in inlet spigot
6: fixing with screws in outer ring
7: central screw fixing
S: square flange (ceiling plate)
R: round flange with a stand-up edge
b) Plenum box(when separately)
D P 1 7 0 S G 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0
- :non insulated plenum
G:insulated plenum
0: without damper in inlet spigot
1: with damper in inlet spigot
D T 0 1 2 - - 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0
V
T V
K
V
R
50
2
NR
45
NR
40
NR
35
NR
30
NR
25
NR
20
NR
Example
Selection data:
Solution:
- Size = 315 mm
- Supply air velocity vk= 2,8 m/s
- Noise level NR 25
- Total pressure loss with damper
DT012 100 % open: ∆ Pt = 15 Pa
50%
60
50
5
40
+1
NR
+6
30
NR
25
315
p (Pa) 20
t
250
15
200
160
10
8
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7
v (m/s)
k
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EG400 • EH400
Installation dimensions
EG400 / EH400
2
B
N
43
48
24
Application
37,5
5
43
48
24
Technical information
37,5
5
A Characteristics:
Delivery possibilities
• EG400: removable core with invisi-
ble central screw fixing, without
How to order screws in the frame
0: without damper
8: with damper (DT008)
E G 4 0 0 P - 0 2 2 5 0 5 9 4
0: without damper
8: with damper (DT008)
c) Mounting support
G R 0 0 2 - - 0 4 5 0 0 4 5 0
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EG400 • EH400
2
- with ceiling effect
- damper completely open
- Valid for cooling up to ∆ ts = -12 K
- Valid for heating up to ∆ ts = +15 K
)
/s
3
v (m
LT(m)
)
/h
/s
3
f (m
q
v (m
0.61
v
6 9 12
q
0.55
6
0.5 2200
8 0.4 2000 NR50
5 10 0.39 1800
160
5
0.33
0.31 1400
0.28 1200
4 6 8 0.25 1100 NR40
4
0.22 100
900
0.19 800
5 0.17 700
3 6 0.14 600 NR30
3
4 0.11 50
2.5 5
5
2.
400
0.08
2 3 4 2 NR20
0.07 300
2.5
5
1. 3 250
1.
0.06
2
2.5
200
0.04
1 1.5 2
150
0.7 1.5
0.02
1
100
0.5 0.75 1
Af-values (m2)
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 1000 m3/h
- Noise level: maximum NR 30
Solution:
- EG400 size 450 mm
- Supply air velocity vf = 2,5 m/s
- Noise level NR = 24
- Total pressure loss (without damper):
∆ Pt = 12 Pa
- Lt = 3,5 m at vt = 0,5 m/s
Pressure loss
Size
150 225 300 375 450/470
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
Pt (Pa) 20
10
9
8
7
6
5
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000
q (m3/h)
v
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE100
Installation dimensions
Application
The diffuser type EE100 is used for
2
the supply and exhaust of cooled
or heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, confe-
rence rooms, ...
The diffuser can be mounted in the
ceiling and has a fixed 1-way hori-
zontal air pattern.
H (mm) 150 225 300 375 450 525 600
150 - - - - - -
225 225 - - - - - Technical information
300 300 300 - - - -
L (mm) 375 375 375 375 - - - Characteristics:
450 450 450 450 450 - -
525 525 525 525 525 525 - • Square or rectangular diffuser
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 available with multiples of 75 mm
in length and 37,5 mm in height
Dimensions L x H: L= nominal length, H = nominal height min L = 150 mm, max L = 1200 mm
All dimensions in mm min H = 75 mm, max H = 600 mm
• Fixed 1-way horizontal air pattern
• Removable core with several air
Dimension A distribution elements.
It is possible to exchange the cores
of the EE200, EE300 and EE400, in
With flow equalizer ET010 76 accordance with the desired air
With damper GT007 82 pattern.
With flow equalizer 114
and damper ET010 + GT007 Construction:
How to order
EE100 size 375 x 375 mm with flow equalizer ET010 and damper GT007
E E 1 1 7 - - 0 3 7 5 0 3 7 5
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE100
qv
2
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 300 m3/h
- Throw LT = 4,6 m at vT = 0,33 m/s
Solution:
- EE100 size 300 x 225 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 3,6 m/s
- Noise level NR 27
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 7,4 Pa.
D
25% 50% 100%
5
+1
+6
NR
NR
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE200
Installation dimensions
Application
The diffuser type EE200 is used for
2
the supply and exhaust of cooled
or heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, confe-
rence rooms, ...
The diffuser can be mounted in the
ceiling and has a fixed 2-way hori-
zontal air pattern.
H (mm) 150 225 300 375 450 525 600
150 - - - - - -
225 225 - - - - - Technical information
300 300 300 - - - - Characteristics:
L (mm) 375 375 375 375 - - -
450 450 450 450 450 - - • Square or rectangular diffuser
525 525 525 525 525 525 - available with multiples of 75 mm
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 in length and 37,5 mm in height
min L = 150 mm, max L = 1200 mm
Dimensions L x H: L = nominal length, H = nominal height min H = 75 mm, max H = 600 mm
All dimensions in mm • Fixed 2-way horizontal air pattern.
• Removable core with several air
distribution elements.
Dimension A It is possible to exchange the co-
res of the EE100, EE300 and EE400,
With flow equalizer ET010 76 in accordance with the desired air
pattern.
With damper GT007 82
With flow equalizer and 114 Construction:
damper ET010 + GT007
extruded aluminium; natural tone,
satin anodised.
How to order
EE200 size 375 x 375 mm with flow equalizer ET010 and damper GT007 Square diffuser EE240 with flow
equalizer EE250
E E 2 1 7 - - 0 3 7 5 0 3 7 5
L H
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE200
2
qv
qv
L (mm)
qv
Example
6+
NR
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE300
Installation dimensions
2
Application
The diffuser type EE300 is used for
the supply and exhaust of cooled
or heated air in facilities such as
H (mm) 150 225 300 375 450 525 600 offices, shopping centres, confe-
rence rooms, ...
150 - - - - - - The diffuser can be mounted in the
225 225 - - - - - ceiling and has a fixed 3-way hori-
300 300 300 - - - - zontal air pattern.
L (mm) 375 375 375 375 - - -
450 450 450 450 450 - -
525 525 525 525 525 525 - Technical information
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Characteristics:
Construction:
How to order
EE300 size 375 x 375 mm with flow equalizer ET010 and damper GT007
E E 3 1 7 - - 0 3 7 5 0 3 7 5
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
EE300
qv
2
L (mm)
qv
L (mm)
qv
L (mm)
150 0,014 — — — —
225 0,020 0,027 — — —
300 — 0,036 0,045 — —
375 — — 0,056 0,068 —
450 — — — 0,081 0,095
525 — — — — 0,110
Velometer jet: 2220 A or 6070
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 600 m3/h
- Throw LT = 3 m (in X direction)
LT = 2,7 m (in Y direction)
at vT = 0,5 m/s
Solution:
- EE300 size 450 x 300 mm (LxH)
- Supply air velocity vk = 3 m/s
- Noise level NR 27
- Total pressure loss with damper 100 %
open: ∆ pt = 5,3 Pa.
6+
NR
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
ED400 • EE400
Installation dimensions
Application
2
The diffuser type ED400/EE400 is
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled or heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres,
conference rooms, ...
The diffuser can be mounted in the
ED400 + ET008 + GR002 ceiling and has a fixed 4-way hori-
zontal air pattern.
Technical information
Characteristics:
ED400:
• Square diffuser with fixed 4-way
horizontal air pattern
• Fixed core
EE400:
• Square or rectangular diffuser
available with multiples of 75 mm,
in height as well as length
Fast selection diagram min L = 150 mm, max L = 900 mm
min H = 150 mm, max H = 600 mm
• Fixed 4-way horizontal air pattern.
Size • Removable core with several air
(mm) 20 30 40 50 NR distribution elements.
2,4 3,8 5,8 9,3 It is possible to exchange the core
525
2,2 3,3 5,1 8,5 of the EE100, EE200 and EE300, in
450
accordance with the desired air
1,8 2,9 ,2 7,2 pattern.
375
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 3000 4000 m3/h
How to order
a) Diffuser
E E 4 1 7 - - 0 3 7 5 0 3 7 5
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper GT007 for EE400
8: with damper ET008 for ED400
0: without flow equalizer
1: with flow equalizer
D : fixed core with central screw
E: removable core with screws
b) Mounting support
G R 0 0 2 - - 0 3 7 5 0 3 7 5
MULTIDIRECTIONAL DIFFUSER
ED400 • EE400
2
qv
qv
LT
Example
6+
NR
Installation dimensions
BF100
Application
The diffuser type B-100/200/300/400
is used for the supply and exhaust
2
of cooled or heated air in facilities
such as offices, shopping centres, ...
BE200+GR001 (2-way air pattern) The diffuser can be used for ceiling
mounting. A horizontal or vertical
air pattern can be obtained by
adjusting the blades.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Type BE•BF 100/200/300/400
H (mm) 100 150 200 300 400 500 600
• blades on 25 mm to centre
- 150 - - - - - • diffusers are equipped with ad-
200 200 200 - - - - justable curved blades.
250 250 250 - - - - • available with multiples of 25 mm
L (mm) 300 300 300 300 - - - in length as well as in height
400 400 400 400 400 - - B-100/200:
500 500 500 500 - 500 - min L = 100 mm, max L = 2000 mm
600 600 600 600 - - 600 min H = 75 mm, max H = 1200 mm
B-300/400:
min L = 200 mm, max L = 1200 mm
Dimensions L x H: L = nominal length, H = nominal height min H = 100 mm, max H = 625 mm
All dimensions in mm
Delivery possibilities
• B-100: 1-way exhaust pattern
How to order
BE200 size 400 x 200 mm with damper GT007 and mounting frame GR001.
a) Diffuser
B E 2 0 7 - - 0 4 0 0 0 2 0 0
L H
0: without damper
7: with damper
number of air supply directions
E: frame width 25 mm, concealed screw
fixing
F: frame width 25 mm, visible screw fixing
b) Mounting frame
G R 0 0 1 - - 0 4 0 0 0 2 0 0
for BE L H
qv
VT
VK
VR
2
BE•BF100
BE•BF200
qv
VT
VK
VR
BE•BF300
qv
BE•BF400
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,14 m3/s
- Throw LT = 6 m at vT = 0,33 m/s
Solution:
- BE107 size 600 X 200 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 3,5 m/s
- Noise level NR 28
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 7 Pa.
6+
NR
Installation dimensions
25
594 x 594
2
25
Application
5 The grille type BC100 is used for air
594 supply and exhaust for all ventila-
tion, smoke exhaust and aircondi-
tioning installations in facilities such
as offices, shopping centres, ...
Selection table The grille is especially designed to
Airflow rate Noise level Air velocity be use in suspended ceilings.
Type: BC100
nom. dim. (L x H) 594 x 594 mm
How to order
B C 1 0 0 - - 0 5 9 4 0 5 9 4
L H
Selection diagram
m3/s
0,7
2
0,6 m3/h
v m/s
0,5 2500 10 k
9
0,4 2000 8 NR50
1800 7
0,3 1600
1400 6
1200 5
0,2 1000 NR40
900
0,15 800
700 4
600
0,1 500
0,09
3 NR30
0,08 400
0,07
0,06 300 2,5
250
0,05
2 NR20
200
0,04
150
0,03
100
500
500
600
600
Ak-values (m2)
L (mm)
H (mm)
150 200 250 300 400 500 600
100 — 0,007 0,009 0,011 0,014 0,018 0,021
150 0,008 0,011 0,014 0,016 0,021 0,027 0,032
200 — 0,014 0,018 0,021 0,027 0,035 0,042
300 — — — 0,032 0,042 0,054 0,063
400 — — — — 0,054 — —
500 — — — — — 0,088 —
600 — — — — — — 0,126
Pressure loss
Pt (pa)
60
50
40
30
25
20
15
10
8
6
5
4
3
2,5
2
2 2,5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
VK (m/s)
Installation dimensions
DA360T
C
N
2
50
Application
H
The diffuser type DA340/360 is used
6
DA340T
C 4-way 3-way 2-way
ØN
50
2-way 1-way
Technical information
200
Characteristics:
6
a) Diffuser
D A 3 6 0 T - 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
Size Dimension A
- : non insulated plenum
G: insulated plenum
b) Damper
D T 0 0 3 - - 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
Size
Installation dimensions
DA360S C 50
2
13
øN
H
Application
The diffuser type DA360 is used for
6
36
the supply of cooled or heated air
in facilities such as offices, shopping
B
centres where simple adjusting of
A the air pattern is required without
influencing air quantity or pressure
loss.
The diffuser can be mounted in the
DA360 S
ceiling and has an adjustable air
Size ØN A B C H pattern in 1, 2, 3 or 4 directions.
All dimensions in mm
2-way 1-way
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
• diffuser: steel, painted white (RAL
9010)
• deflector plates: steel, painted
black (RAL 9005)
• plenum: galvanised steel sheet
All dimensions in mm
How to order
DA360S size 315 x 594 mm with damper type DT003 size 315 mm.
a) Diffuser
D A 3 6 0 S - 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
Size Dimension A
-: non insulated plenum
G: insulated plenum
b) Damper
D T 0 0 3 - - 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
Size
qv
2
4-way
The air velocity vk (m/s) is measured by means of a velometer and special col-
lector. The supply air velocity is measured on the diagonals and then the average
of those 4 values is taken (see sketch).
qv
3-way
The air velocity vk (m/s) is measured by means of a velometer and special col-
lector. The supply air velocity is measured on the diagonals and then the average
of those 4 values is taken (see sketch).
qv
2-way 1-way
2-way
in corner
The air velocity vk (m/s) is measured by means of a velometer and special col-
lector. The supply air velocity is measured on the diagonals and then the average
of those 4 values is taken (see sketch).
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 500 m3/h
- Throw LT = 1,4 m at vT = 0,5 m/s
Solution:
- DA360 size 250 x 494 mm (4-way
exhaust)
- Supply air velocity vk = 3 m/s
- Noise level NR 29
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 14 Pa.
D
%
%
0%
50
25
10
15
+
7
NR
+
NR
Correction:
For one or two-way exhaust: i x 0,5; ∆tL x 2
∆tS
Installation dimensions
DA350T (with filterframe)
C
2
øN
50
D
200
B Application
DA370T (without filterframe) The diffuser type DA350/370 is used for
ØN
the exhaust of air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, ...
The diffuser can be mounted in the
50
ceiling.
6
37
A
B Technical information
Characteristics:
DA350T • DA370T
• available with clips lock and push-
Size ØN A B pull lock
160 158 244 294 • free passage ca. 50 %
200 198 344 394 • the perforated plate is mounted in
250 248 444 494 the frame with hinges for easy
315 313 544 594 access.
Construction:
DA350S (with filterframe) • DA370S (without filterframe) • diffuser: steel, painted white (RAL
C 9010)
• plenum: galvanised steel sheet
øN
50
h
6
A
B
DA350S • DA370S
Size øN A B C D H h
160 158 244 294 266 x 248 230 x 230 x 22 310 110
200 198 344 394 366 x 348 330 x 330 x 22 350 110
250 248 444 494 466 x 448 430 x 430 x 22 400 135
315 313 544 594 566 x 548 530 x 530 x 22 460 135
All dimensions in mm
qv
2
7
6,5
5,5
vk (m/s) 5
∆Pt (Pa)
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
Installation dimensions
DC560S
AxB
2
øD
H
Application
C
16
Technical information
C
16
Characteristics:
Specifications
Example: 3 way air pattern
D C 5 6 0 S G 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
size
1 way air pattern
- : non-insulated
G: insulated
Legend:
DC560F (other RAL) + plenum box (to order sererately)
air pattern open
a) Diffuser
air pattern closed
D C 5 6 0 - F 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
size
D P 5 1 0 S G 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
size
- : non-insulated
G: insulated
2
1 way 3 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
90 1,08 12 20 26 130 0,6 11 20 25,8
115 1,38 20 30 33,9 170 0,79 18 30 34,5
140 1,68 31 40 42,4 215 1 30 40 42,4
200 2,4 64 50 53,1 290 1,35 56 50 52,2
2 way(corner) 4 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
120 0,86 11 20 26,1 145 0,62 12 20 26,4
150 1,07 18 30 34 190 0,81 20 30 33,9
190 1,36 29 40 42,1 230 0,98 31 40 41,9
260 1,86 56 50 52,3 310 1,32 57 50 51,9
2 way(opposite)
3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
120 0,86 8 20 26,2
150 1,07 19 30 34,3
190 1,36 33 40 42,3
260 1,86 66 50 52,6
2,4 1,2
50
2,0 1
40
1,6 0,8
∆ Ps [Pa]
LT [m] 30
1,2 LT
0,6
20
0,8 0,4
∆Ps 10
0,4 0,2
0 0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350
vT [m/s] 0,25 0,50
Qv [m3/h]
1 way 3 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
140 2,29 12 20 27,7 185 0,91 8 20 25,7
160 2,62 16 30 33,6 265 1,31 17 30 35,4
200 3,27 25 40 41,4 325 1,61 26 40 42,4
275 4,5 46 50 51 435 2,15 46 50 51,5
2 way(corner) 4 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
170 1,43 10 20 26,2 190 0,85 8 20 26,0
225 1,89 17 30 34,2 275 1,23 18 30 35,0
275 2,31 25 40 41,9 345 1,54 28 40 42,5
375 3,15 46 50 51,5 465 2,08 47 50 51,7
2 way(opposite)
3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
170 1,43 10 20 25,7
225 1,89 17 30 34,2
275 2,31 25 40 42,0
375 3,15 46 50 51,7
NR20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
5,0 2,5 50
45
4,0 2,0 40
35
3,0 1,5 30
LT [m] 25
LT
2,0 1,0 20
15
∆Ps
1,0 0,5 10
0 0,0 0
150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50
Qv [m3/h]
1 way 3 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
180 2,67 12 20 26,6 285 1,27 12 20 26,9
220 3,26 19 30 34,3 345 1,54 18 30 33,6
270 4 28 40 41,6 420 1,87 27 40 41,8
355 5,26 50 50 51,0 545 2,43 46 50 51
2 way(corner) 4 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
200 1,37 9 20 26,5 310 1,16 12,5 20 27,2
275 1,89 16 30 34,9 380 1,43 19 30 33,9
335 2,3 25 40 42,5 470 1,77 29 40 41,9
435 2,98 46 50 51,4 615 2,31 51 50 51,3
2 way(opposite)
3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
200 1,37 9 20 26,8
275 1,89 16 30 35,2
335 2,3 25 40 42,3
435 2,98 46 50 51,4
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
5,0 2,5 60
50
4,0 2
40
3,0 1,5
∆ Ps [Pa]
LT [m]
LT 30
2,0 1
20
∆ Ps
1,0 0,5
10
0 0 0
250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
vT [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
1 way 3 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
240 2,35 7 20 24,5 365 0,85 7 20 25
280 2,74 13 30 33,5 465 1,09 13 30 33,6
365 3,57 27 40 42,4 625 1,46 24 40 43,3
540 5,29 58 50 53,0 885 2,07 44 50 53,5
2 way(corner) 4 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
300 1,3 7 20 25,2 420 1,21 6 20 25,1
390 1,7 14 30 34,1 540 1,56 13 30 34
530 2,3 25 40 43,7 730 2,11 24 40 43,3
770 3,35 48 50 53,8 1015 2,94 42 50 53,3
2 way(opposite)
3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
300 1,3 7 20 25,0
390 1,7 14 30 33,6
530 2,3 25 40 43,3
770 3,35 48 50 53,5
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
7,0 3,5 45
40
6,0 3,0
35
5,0 2,5
30
4,0 2,0 25
LT [m]
3,0 1,5 20
LT
15
2,0 1,0
∆Ps 10
1,0 0,5
5
0,0 0,0 0
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50
Qv [m3/h]
1 way 3 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
295 2,2 8,9 20 24,8 567 1,19 9 20 27,2
367 2,74 13,5 30 33,2 759 1,6 16 30 34,8
520 3,88 27,3 40 42,5 1008 2,12 28,6 40 43,7
728 5,43 53 50 52,3 1378 2,9 54,2 50 52,5
2 way(corner) 4 way
3 3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
443 1,45 8,4 20 25,6 595 0,89 7,5 20 27,5
536 1,75 12,3 30 33,3 854 1,27 15,5 30 36,4
771 2,52 25 40 42,7 1147 1,71 28,5 40 44,4
1093 3,58 51 50 52,2 1584 2,36 54 50 53,1
2 way(opposite)
3
Qv [m /h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
443 1,45 8,4 20 25,1
536 1,75 12,3 30 32,6
771 2,52 25 40 42,7
1093 3,58 51 50 52,2
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
5,0 2,5 60
50
4,0 2
40
3,0 1,5
LT [m] 30
2,0 1 LT
20
1,0 0,5
10
∆Ps
0 0 0
500 700 900 1100 1300 1500
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
Installation dimensions
DC560T
2
AxB
ØD
D
16
H
Application
594 x 594 The perforated diffuser type
DC560T is used for the supply of
cooled or heated air with a vast
Nom AxB H ØD temperature difference in respect
to the room temperature.
125 240 x 240 55 125
This high inducing diffuser can be
160 305 x 305 55 160 mounted in the ceiling and is used
200 381 x 381 60 200 in facilities such as offices, shopping
centres where simple adjustment of
250 548 x 548 90 250 the air pattern is required.
315 548 x 548 90 315
Adjusting possibilities:
All dimensions in mm
Because of the separate deflector
plates it is possible to have an
adjustable air pattern in 1, 2, 3 or 4
direction(s).
Technical information
Characteristics:
Specifications
Example: 3 way air pattern
2
1 way 3 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
65 1,12 13,6 20 25,3 125 0,7 8,5 20 24,9
80 1,38 20,5 30 33,1 160 0,9 14 30 33,2
110 1,9 36,2 40 42,7 210 1,18 24,5 40 42,9
140 2,41 57,3 50 50,8 265 1,5 38,4 50 51,3
2 way(corner) 4 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
100 0,96 10,5 20 24,9 140 0,5 6,2 20 24,9
125 1,2 17,3 30 32,8 185 0,65 11 30 33,6
160 1,54 28,7 40 42,6 240 0,85 18,6 40 42,8
205 1,97 48 50 51,1 310 1,1 30,2 50 51,5
2 way(opposite)
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
2,4 1,2 35
30
2,0 1
25
1,6 0,8
LT [m] 20
1,2 0,6 LT
15
0,8 0,4
10
∆Ps
0,4 0,2 5
0 0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
1 way 3 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
85 1,12 11 20 24,2 140 0,79 6 20 24,5
115 1,52 21 30 33,8 195 1,1 12 30 34,1
145 1,92 35 40 42,6 255 1,44 20 40 42,3
190 2,51 63 50 52,3 345 1,95 38 50 52
2 way(corner) 4 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
120 1,14 9 20 24,3 150 0,54 4 20 24,1
155 1,54 16 30 33,4 215 0,77 8,5 30 33,7
195 1,94 26 40 42,3 285 1,03 16 40 42,6
260 2,58 47 50 52 390 1,4 30 50 52,9
2 way(opposite)
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
3,2 1,6 35
2,8 1,4 30
2,4 1,2
25
2,0 1
LT [m] 20
1,6 0,8
15
LT
1,2 0,6
10
0,8 0,4
∆Ps
0,4 0,2 5
0 0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3 /h]
1 way 3 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
120 1,67 20 20 25,2 210 1,04 12 20 25,1
150 2,09 30,5 30 33,3 280 1,38 21 30 33,6
190 2,65 48 40 42,5 350 1,73 32,7 40 41,3
260 3,62 88 50 52,5 480 2,37 62 50 52,9
2 way(corner) 4 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
170 1,14 15 20 24,9 240 0,73 8,2 20 24,6
220 1,47 25,5 30 33,2 335 1,02 16 30 34,4
280 1,88 40,3 40 42,2 420 1,27 25 40 42,6
385 2,58 74 50 53 575 1,75 48 50 52,8
2 way(opposite)
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
3,6 1,8 60
3,2 1,6
50
2,8 1,4
2,4 1,2 40
2,0 1
LT [m] LT
30
1,6 0,8
1,2 0,6 20
0 0 0
200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
Correction factor LT for cooling (∆ T = -10 K): LT x 0,9
1 way 3 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
150 1,57 13,5 20 25 300 0,98 10 20 25,3
180 1,87 19 30 33,2 375 1,23 15,5 30 33,5
225 2,35 29,5 40 41,8 465 1,53 24 40 41,8
325 3,4 62 50 52,5 655 2,15 49 50 52,7
2 way(corner) 4 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
230 1,11 11,5 20 25,3 365 0,76 7,6 20 25,3
295 1,41 18,5 30 34 470 0,98 12,2 30 34,2
370 1,77 30 40 42,1 590 1,23 19,2 40 42,1
515 2,48 60 50 52,6 850 1,77 39,5 50 53,3
2 way(opposite)
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
4,0 2 45
3,6 1,8 40
3,2 1,6 35
2,8 1,4
30
2,4 1,2
LT [m] 25
2,0 1
LT 20
1,6 0,8
15
1,2 0,6
∆Ps 10
0,8 0,4
0,4 0,2 5
0 0 0
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
Correction factor LT for cooling (∆ T = -10 K): LT x 0,9
1 way 3 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
250 2,55 11 20 24,9 495 1,47 9,2 20 25,5
305 3,11 17,5 30 33,4 585 1,74 12,8 30 32,4
360 3,68 24,2 40 41 725 2,16 19,7 40 41,4
515 5,26 47,2 50 51,2 945 2,81 34,4 50 51
2 way(corner) 4 way
Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] LT (0,5m/s)[m] ∆ PS [Pa] LW [NR] LW [dB(A)]
375 2,21 9,6 20 25,4 560 1,25 6,7 20 25,3
445 2,62 14 30 32,3 755 1,69 11,9 30 33,1
540 3,18 20,9 40 41,4 925 2,06 18,1 40 41,4
725 4,26 37,8 50 51,1 1220 2,72 31,1 50 51,1
2 way(opposite)
NR 20 NR 30 NR 40 NR 50
5,0 2,5 35
30
4,0 2
25
3,0 1,5
20
LT [m]
LT
15
2,0 1
10
∆Ps
1,0 0,5
5
0 0 0
550 650 750 850 950 1050 1150 1250
v T [m/s] 0,25 0,50 Qv [m3/h]
Installation dimensions
DC570T
AxB
2
ØD
H
Application
594 x 594
The perforated diffuser type DC570T
is used for exhaust. This diffuser can
be mounted in the ceiling and is
Nom AxB H ØD
used in facilities such as offices,
125 240 x 240 16 125 shopping centres, ...
160 305 x 305 16 160 This diffuser is visually identical to the
supply type DC560.
200 381 x 381 16 200
250 548 x 548 16 250
315 548 x 548 16 315 Technical information
All dimensions in mm Characteristics:
Specifications
Example:
Type: DC570T
size … mm
How to order
D C 5 7 0 T - 0 2 5 0 0 5 9 4
size
- : non-insulated
G: insulated
DC570T
• non-insulated execution
2
size 125 mm size 250 mm
Qv [m3/h] ∆ Ps [Pa] Lw [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] ∆ Ps [Pa] Lw [NR] LW [dB(A)]
165 22 20 25,2 375 13,7 20 26,2
245 49 30 35,3 560 30 30 35,5
325 88 40 43,3 795 60 40 44,7
Noise curves:
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
Lw [NR]
32
31
30
29
28 grootte 125
size 125
27 grootte 160
size 160
26
25 grootte 200
size 200
24 grootte 250
size 250
23 grootte 315
size 315
22
21
20
150 250 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050
3
Qv [m /h]
DC570T
Pressure loss:
100
90 grootte 125
size 125
80 grootte 160
size 160
grootte 200
size 200
70 grootte 250
size 250
60 grootte 315
size 315
∆ Ps [Pa]
50
40
30
20
10
0
150 250 350 450 550 650 750 850 950 1050
3
Qv [m /h]
Installation dimensions
DC570S
AxB
2
ØD
H
Application
C
16
Specifications
Example:
Type: DC570S
size … mm
How to order
DC570SG (RAL 9010): diffuser + plenum box
D C 5 7 0 S G 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
size
- : non-insulated
G: insulated
a) Diffuser
D C 5 7 0 - F 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
size
D P 5 7 0 S G 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
size
- : non-insulated
G: insulated
DC570S
• non-insulated execution
2
size 125 mm size 250 mm
Qv [m3/h] ∆ Ps [Pa] Lw [NR] LW [dB(A)] Qv [m3/h] ∆ Ps [Pa] Lw [NR] LW [dB(A)]
145 10 20 24,2 325 3,3 20 23
260 32 30 35,1 810 21 30 34,3
390 72 40 44,9 1285 52 40 44,5
Noise curves:
40
35
Lw [NR]
30
grootte 125
size 125
grootte 160
size 160
25 grootte 200
size 200
grootte 250
size 250
grootte 315
size 315
20
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
3
Qv [m /h]
DC570S
Pressure loss:
80
grootte 125
size 125
grootte160
size 160
70
size 200
grootte 200
size 250
grootte 250
60 size 315
grootte 315
50
∆ Ps [Pa]
40
30
20
10
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400
Qv [m3/h]
Installation dimensions
CS600 surface mounting CS500 mounting in false ceilings
2
Application
The diffuser type CS500/CS600 is
used for the supply and exhaust of
cooled or heated air in facilities
Size ØN A B E F Size ØN A B F
such as offices, shopping centres,
100 100 190 215 51 58 100 100 294 300 75 ... The diffuser can be mounted in
125 125 215 240 51 58 125 125 294 300 75 the ceiling where high aesthetic
160 160 305 330 71 93 160 160 294 300 95 standards are required. Adjustable
200 200 345 370 71 93 200 200 594 600 110 air pattern (horizontally - vertically).
250 250 395 420 71 93 250 250 594 600 110 Due to its stable air distribution, it
315 315 460 485 71 93 315 315 594 600 110 can also be used for VAV terminal
boxes.
All dimensions in mm
Adjusting possibilities:
Size
(mm)
20 30 40 50 NR Vertical air pattern
1,2 1,7 2,5 3,2
315
1,1 1,6 2 3
250
125
0,8 1 1,5 2 Technical information
0,7 0,9 1,3 1,7 Characteristics:
100 Throw LT (m)
How to order
C S 5 0 0 - - 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
Size
0: without damper
1: with damper
V
R
V
K
V
T
Example
Selection data:
Solution:
- Size 200 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 4,1 m/s
- Noise level NR 22
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ Pt = 8,5 Pa
Pressure loss
with damper
50 % 100 %
D
0
+1
NR
Installation dimensions
Application
2
The diffuser type CC600 is used for
the supply and exhaust of cooled
or heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, ... The dif-
fuser can be mounted in the ceiling
where high aesthetic standards are
required. Adjustable air pattern
Size ØA ØB C F ØN E G (horizontally - vertically). Due to its
stable air distribution, it can also be
100 207 230 22 56 100 51 15 used for VAV terminal boxes.
125 242 265 22 53 125 51 15
160 287 310 25 93 160 71 15 Adjusting possibilities:
200 338 365 25 93 200 71 15
250 397 430 25 93 250 71 15
315 476 515 30 88 315 71 15
Size
(mm) 20 30 40 50 NR Horizontal air pattern
1,3 1,7 2,3 3,2
315
250
1,1 1,5 2 3 Technical information
1 1,4 1,8 2,7
Characteristics:
200
70 80 100 200 300 400 500 700 1000 2000 3000 m3/h
painted white (RAL 9010)
Type: CC601
size ... mm
How to order
C C 6 0 1 - - 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0
Size
0: without damper
1: with damper
NR
50
45
V
K
V
T 2
NR V
40
R
NR
35
NR
30
NR
2 5
NR
20
NR
Size
Example
Selection data:
Solution:
- Size 200 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 3,9 m/s
- Noise level NR 20
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 8 Pa.
Pressure loss
with damper
50 % 100 %
D
0
+1
NR
AU770 • AU780
• plafondornament meestal toegepast als afvoerrooster
• blank aluminium raster in aluminium U-kader, beide in
RAL 9010
• ornament met paneelmaat 594 x 594 mm
• AU770: mazen met 45° afbuiging
• AU780: rechte mazen
CE100P • DE100P
• rond plafondornament met instelbaar luchtpatroon
• Uitneembaar binnenwerk met 2 luchtspreidingsringen in
5 standen instelbaar
• volumeregelklep mogelijk als toebehoren
• afmetingen en selectie zie p. 2 010
• CE100P: aluminium / DE100P: staal
ornament t.e.m. grootte 315 mm met paneelmaat 594 x
594 mm; wit gemoffeld (RAL 9010)
DS170P
• rond plafondornament met vast uitblaaspatroon
• uitvoering in staal, wit gemoffeld (RAL 9010)
• volumeregelklep mogelijk als toebehoren
• afmetingen en selectie zie p. 2 030
• DS170P: ornament t.e.m. grootte 315 mm met paneel-
maat 594 x 594 mm
• plenum afzonderlijk bij te bestellen
EG400
• Square diffuser with fixed 4-way air pattern
• Steel construction (RAL 9010)
• Damper and plenum as possible accessory
• Dimensions and selection, see p. 2 050
• EG400: diffuser size 450 mm, with ceiling plate
size 594 x 594 mm
• EG400: diffuser up to and including size 375,
integrated in a false ceiling plate 594 x 594 mm
plenum to be ordered separately
EE400 • ED400
• Square diffuser with fixed 4-way air pattern
• In extruded aluminium. Removable core and
RAL 9010, false ceiling plate in steel
• Possible accessories: damper and flow equalizer
• Dimensions and selection, see p. 2 130
• ED/EE400: diffuser size 450 mm with ceiling plate
size 594 x 594 mm
ED/EE400P : diffuser up to and including size 375
mm, integrated in a false ceiling plate 594 x 594
mm
• plenum to be ordered separately
DC340 • DC360
• Perforated diffuser with 15 mm frame
• DC340: Ceiling diffuser with 40 % perforation, ceiling
plate size 594 x 594 mm, full frame
DC360: Ceiling diffuser with perforation of 51%, ceil-
ing plate size 594 x 594 mm
• Painted white (RAL 9010)
D C 3 4 0 - F 0 5 9 4 0 5 9 4
L H
- : standard RAL 9010
F: no RAL 9010
CS500P
• Diffuser with air pattern adjustable in 5 positions
• Painted white (RAL 9010)
• Damper as possible accessory
• Dimensions and selection, see p. 2 210
• CS500: diffuser size 200, 250 and 315 mm with ceiling
plate size 594 x 594 mm
CS500P: only false ceiling plate 594 x 594 mm for dif-
fuser up to and including size 160 mm (diffuser to be
ordered separately)
WT100P
• Diffuser with 1 or 2 rows of adjustable deflector plates,
resulting in an unlimited number of arrangements
and an excellent swirl effect (RAL 9010)
• Construction with side and top entry possible
• Can be used as exhaust grille (= WA100P)
• Dimensions and selection, see p. 3 010
• WT100/WT120: diffuser size 250/594mm or 250/619 mm
WT100P/WT120P: diffuser up to and including size 200
mm, integrated in a false ceiling plate 594 x 594 mm
• plenum to be ordered separately
WS200 • WS220
• Circular swirl diffuser with fixed vanes (RAL 9010)
• Dimensions and selection, see p. 3 040
• WS200/WS220: diffuser size 400 mm with ceiling plate
size 594 x 594 mm
WS200P/WS220P: diffuser up to and including size 315
mm, integrated in a false ceiling plate 594 x 594 mm
• plenum to be ordered separately
WS400 P
• Swirl diffuser with fixed vanes
• steel, painted white (RAL 9010)
• Dimensions and selection see p. 3 100
• WS400: diffuser size 250/594 mm or 315/594 mm
• WS400P: diffuser size 200 mm with false ceiling
plate 594 x 594 mm
• Plenum to be ordered separately
How to order
E E 4 0 0 P - 0 3 0 0 0 5 9 4
size
diffuser External dimensions
of false ceiling
AU770/780
plate
DC340/360
EG400
EE400
ED400 False ceiling plate, diffuser included
CE100/CE120 Plenum and damper to be ordered separately
DE100/DE120
DS170
WT100
WS200/220
WS400
D A 3 6 0 P - 0 1 6 0 0 5 9 4
size
diffuser External dimensions
of false ceiling
plate
DA340/350/360/370 Only false ceiling plate,
CS500 diffuser to be ordered separately
* REMARK: All false ceiling plates are painted white (RAL 9010)
Installation dimensions
Size 125 & 200 mm
50 B
øD
Application
90
3
11
Technical information
11
Characteristics:
Size 315 mm
• adjustable horizontal and vertical
50 B air pattern
All dimensions in mm
Type: WT101S
size ... / ... mm Delivery possibilities
• WT100S/WT120S: swirl diffuser with
Fast selection diagram plenum and side entry
• WT101S/WT121S: WT100S/WT120S
with damper in side entry
Size
(mm) 20 30 40 NR • WT100P/WT120P: swirl diffuser inte-
315
0,6 1 1,6 grated in a false ceiling plate
0,5 0,9 1,5
(see p. 2 500)
250
How to order
W T 1 0 1 S - 0 2 5 0 0 5 9 4
Size Dimension A
Installation dimensions
Size 125,200 mm Size 250 mm
B
B
øD
50
øD
50
H
11
H
11
A Application
3
A
The diffuser type WT100T is used for
the supply of cooled or heated air
in facilities such as offices, shopping
centres, schools, ...
Diffusers for ceiling or exposed duct
A
A
mounting.
The diffuser is equipped with adjus-
table deflectors creating the possi-
bility to obtain an external or inter-
nal swirl.
A high induction is obtained by the
exceptional swirl discharge, which
makes them extremely suitable for
VAV terminal boxes.
Size ØN A B H ØD
How to order
W T 1 0 1 T - 0 2 5 0 0 5 9 4
Size Dimension A
- : non insulated plenum
G: insulated plenum
- : without plenum
T: plenum with top entry
0: without damper
1: with damper in the inlet collar
0: deflectors in black extruded pvc
2: deflectors in white extruded pvc
Installation dimensions
Application
Size 250 mm
Ø 530
Ø 448
The swirl diffuser type WT500S is
used for the supply of cooled or
heated air in facilities such as
offices,
schools,...
shopping centres,
can be obtained.
ØA For example a vertical air dis-
charge through the inner deflec-
tors in combination with an exter-
nal swirl through the outer deflec-
Size ØA W H ØD ØJ tors, ...
All dimensions in mm
• WT501S/WT521S: WT500S/WT520S
with damper in side entry
Fast selection diagram
• WA500S: WT500S as exhaust dif-
fuser without deflectors
Size
(mm) 20 30 40 NR • WA501S: WT501S as exhaust dif-
0,6 1 1,6
315
fuser without deflectors and with
250 0,5 0,9 1,5
damper in side entry
200
0,4 0,7 1,2
125
LT = Throw (m)
0,3 0,6 1,0
100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 2000 m3/h
How to order
WT500S, diameter 250 mm, size 600 mm with plenum
W T 5 0 0 S - 0 2 5 0 0 6 0 0
Size Dimension A
- : non-insulated plenum
G: insulated plenum
- : without plenum
S: plenum with side entry
0: without damper
1: with damper in the inlet collar
0: deflectors in black extruded pvc
2: deflectors in white extruded pvc
T: supply with deflectors
A: exhaust without deflectors
VR
NR 4
NR 4
NR 3
NR 3
5
5
0
0
NR
NR
NR
45
40
35
3
30
5 NR
NR 2
25
0 NR
NR 2
20
NR
Installation possibilities
External swirl Internal swirl
Example of deflectors set for Examples of deflectors set for one or two discharge pattern
external swirl
with damper
D
°
°
45
90
0°
25
12
0
4
5
+
/2
NR
+
NR
00
Installation dimensions
WR210 WR230
Ø N
Z
Ø P
Ø B
Application
The swirl diffuser type WR200 is used
3
for the supply of cooled and heat-
ed air in facilities such as offices,
shopping centres, schools, ...
Diffuser for ceiling or exposed duct
mounting. The diffuser is equipped
with fixed vanes in a round
frontsheet. A high induction is ob-
tained by the exceptional swirl dis-
charge, which makes them very
suitable for VAV application from
100 % down to 25 %. A downwards
inclined swirl is obtained in the flat
Size ØN ØA ØB M ØP Z version WR200, when fitted with the
diffusion collar WR220 a horizontal
100 98 138 160 15 135 50
swirl is obtained.
125 123 178 200 25 180 50
160 158 195 250 25 215 50
200 198 248 300 25 255 50
Technical information
250 248 296 350 25 305 50 Characteristics:
315 313 363 450 35 395 50
400 398 600 570 60 535 65 • available with the dimensions
500 498 700 700 70 620 50 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 315, 400
and 500 mm
∆ P = minimal ceiling opening.
• 2,4 < installation height < 4 m
All dimensions in mm.
• diffuser with central screw fixing
that can be dismantled from ple-
Fast selection diagram num or transition piece.
• diffuser without central screw fix-
ed to plenum or transition piece.
Size
(mm) 20 30 40 NR
Construction:
0,5 0,9 1,4
315
LT = Throw (m)
Circular steel swirl diffuser with fixed • WR200S: Flat swirl diffuser and ple- • WR230: Swirl diffuser with diffusion
vanes in a round frontsheet and diffu- num with side entry collar and central screw fixing
sion collar. Complete with side entry
plenum and damper. • WR200T: Flat swirl diffuser with transi- • WR230T: Swirl diffuser with diffu-
The diffuser is painted white (RAL 9010) tion piece, top entry sion collar, with central screw fix-
ing and transition piece, top
Type: WR231S • WR210: Flat swirl diffuser with central entry
size ... mm screw fixing
• WR230S: Swirl diffuser with diffu-
• WR210T: Flat swirl diffuser with central sion collar, central screw fixing
Accessories screw fixing and transition piece, top and plenum with side entry
entry
GR003: mounting support for central • WR231S: Swirl diffuser with diffu-
screw fixing (only for WR210 and WR • WR210S: Flat swirl diffuser with central sion collar, central screw fixing
230) screw fixing and plenum with side and damper in inlet spigot
entry
Installation dimensions
WR210T
Size C øD E F G H øJ W K Q
100 172 78 195 140 250 235 102 200 120 135
125 192 98 217 160 280 255 127 275 126 155
160 205 123 230 185 305 280 162 325 131 160
200 223 158 248 220 340 315 202 375 131 165
K
250 243 198 268 260 380 355 252 450 136 165
315 264 248 299 310 440 405 317 500 144 185
400 291 313 351 375 530 470 402 600 177 240
500 344 398 404 460 615 555 502 800 - -
10
ØD
3
ØP
Application
The swirl diffuser type WR250 is used
ØA
for the supply of cooled and heat-
ed air in facilities such as offices,
shopping centres, schools, ...
Diffuser especially designed for sys-
tem ceiling mounting. The friction
springs and the small overall
Size ØA ØD ØP B C dimension (∆A) offer extremely
63 98 61 91 15 40 easy mounting and a perfect inte-
gration in system ceilings. Suitable
80 140 78 115 17 50
for ceiling sheets with thickness
100 160 98 130 17 50
between 1,5 and 20 mm. Fixed hor-
125 200 123 170 25 30
izontal air pattern.
∆ P = minimal ceiling opening. All dimensions in mm.
Technical information
Selection table - supply Construction:
• steel, painted white (RAL 9010)
Size qv (m3/h) ∆pt (Pa) Lw (NR) LT (m)
• available with 4 dimensions 63,
80, 100 and 125 mm
63 25 63 35 0,80
80 25 29 28 0,45
80 35 41 32 0,60
100 50 24 28 0,75
100 75 60 35 1,15
125 90 28 30 0,55
125 120 40 35 0,75
Type: WR250
size ... mm
How to order
WR250 size 100 mm.
W R 2 5 0 - - 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
size
Installation dimensions
WR230 + WP270T - size 100 mm
ø80 of ø100
40
140
3
20
15
M6
Application
40
ø101
ø132
ø140 of ø160
The swirl diffuser type WR230 is used
for the supply of cooled and heat-
ed air in facilities such as offices,
WR230 with outside dimension 140 or 160 mm shopping centres, schools, ...
WP270T with connection diameter 80 or 100 mm
Diffuser for ceiling or exposed duct
WR230 + WP270T - size 125 mm mounting. The diffuser is equipped
with fixed vanes in a round front
ø98 of ø123
sheet. A high induction is obtained
because of the exceptional swirl
discharge, which makes them very
42
M6
grating is ideal for the supply of
40
ø126
ø176
ø200
Technical information
WR230 with outside dimension 200 mm
WP270T with connection diameter 100 or 125 mm Characteristics:
and 125 mm
• 2,4 m < installation height < 4 m
• diffuser with central screw fixing
154
M
40
Construction:
ø161
ø211
ø250 WR230:
steel painted white RAL 9010
How to order
W R 2 3 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 4 0
size outside dimension
Executions: - WR230 size 100 mm, outside dimension 140 or 160 mm
- WR230 size 125 mm, outside dimension 200 mm
- WR230 size 160 mm, outside dimension 215 or 250 mm
W P 2 7 0 T - 0 1 0 0 0 0 8 0
size connection diameter
Executions: - WP270T size 100 mm with connection diameter 80 or 100 mm
- WP270T size 125 mm with connection diameter 100 or 125 mm
- WP270T size 160 mm with connection diameter 125 mm
Installation dimensions
WS210 WS230 øN
40
Z
M
8
øP
Application
3
The swirl diffuser type WS200 is used
for the supply of cooled and heat-
ed air in facilities such as offices,
shopping centres, schools, ...
Diffuser for ceiling or exposed duct
mounting. The diffuser is equipped
with fixed vanes in a square
frontsheet. A high induction is ob-
tained by the exceptional swirl dis-
charge, which makes them very
suitable for VAV application from
Size ØN A B M ØP 100 % down to 25 %.
A downwards inclined swirl is ob-
100 98 138 158 12 120 tained in the flush version WS200,
125 123 178 198 17 180 when fitted with the diffusion collar
160 158 198 248 17 190
WS220, a horizontal swirl is obtained.
200 198 248 248 17 230
250 248 298 298 17 280
315 313 398 398 27 350
400 398 594 598 52 570 Technical information
500 498 700 700 52 620
Characteristics:
Ø P = min. ceiling opening. • 2,4 < installation height < 4 m
All dimensions in mm. • diffuser with central screw fixing
that can be disconnected from
plenum or transition piece.
Fast selection diagram • diffuser without central screw, fix-
ed to plenum or transition piece.
Size
Construction:
(mm) 20 30 40 NR
0,5 0,9 1,4
315 • diffuser; steel, painted white (RAL
9010)
• optional insulated plenum; gal-
0,45 0,8 1,3
250 vanised steel sheet
• provided with mounting eyes (ø 7
0,4 0,7 1,2 mm), mounting straps available
200
upon request
LT = Throw (m)
Installation dimensions
WS210T
Size C øD E F G H øJ W K Q
100 172 78 195 140 250 235 102 200 120 135
125 192 98 217 160 280 255 127 275 126 155
160 205 123 230 185 305 280 162 325 131 160
200 223 158 248 220 340 315 202 375 131 165
K
250 253 198 278 260 390 365 252 450 136 165
315 264 248 299 310 440 405 317 500 144 185
400 236 313 351 375 530 470 402 600 177 240
500 278 398 404 460 615 555 502 800 - -
Installation possibilities
Mounting with transition piece, top entry Mounting with plenum box with side entry
How to order
WR210 size 200 mm with non insulated plenum with side entry, without damper.
W R 2 1 0 S - 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
size
SWIRL DIFFUSER
WR200 • WS200
vT
vk
vR
1,6
LT
3
(m)
3 400
500
600
800
1000
0,2
0,25
m3/h
1600
1400
1200
0,35
0,3
2000
0,4
0,5
Qv
10
9
8
7
5
Vk
m
NR
NR
/s
50
45
40
3
2 0,14
0,16
NR
1,2 300 0,12 4
250 35
1,6 2 200 0,08
0,1
NR
1
0,07 3
30
0,8 1,2 1,6 150
0,06 NR
0,05
2.5
25
NR
1
1,2 0,04
0,6
2
0,8
100 0,035 20
0,5 1 NR
0,03
0,4 0,6 0,8 80
1.5
0,025
0,5
0,3 0,6
60 0,02
0,4
0,5 0,018
50
0,016
0,2 0,3 0,4
40 0,014
0,16
0,3 0,012
0,2
30 0,010
0,12
0,16 0,2
0,1 0,08
Size
Correction factors: without ceiling effect: LT x 0,80
Noise level: plenum with side entry: NR + 2
Example
selection data:
qv
solution:
vt
tL - Size 200 mm
- Supply air velocity vk = 3,6 m/s
- Noise level NR 26
tR - Correction noise level for side inlet: NR 26 + 2 = NR 28
- Total pressure loss, diagram 2, with damper 100 %
LT open (= 0°): ∆ pt = 20 Pa
12 16 20 25 31
5 0 0 0 5
+4
+2
NR
NR
Installation dimensions
WR300H
h
3
Application
• Swirl diffuser for ceiling or exposed
duct mounting. Specially
designed for spaces where con-
siderable temperature changes
take place and with ceiling
heights of more than 4m, where high
WR300B3 comfort standards are required. It
can be used for commercial (con-
ference rooms, ...) or industrial instal-
lations (industrial halls, airports, the-
atres, bank buildings, ...).
How to order
W R 3 0 0 B 3 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0
Size
-- : without control
H- : manual control
B3: motorised control Belimo LM24A-SR
Diagram n°1
15
3
0,
0,
0,
10
4
1 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
9
8
9 8 7 6 5
7
6
5
LT ( m )
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
0,12 0,16 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 m3/s
3
qv
400 5 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 25 30 3500 m3/h
Diagram n°2
15
T+ 0
15
5
1
T+
T+
10
9
8
7
6
5
LT ( m ) 4
v T = 0,25 m/s 3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,12 0,16 0,2 0,25 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 m3/s
qv
Diagram n°3
v T ( m/s )
15
4
0,
0,
0,
0,
10
9 8 7 6 5
1 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
9
8
7
6
5
LT ( m )
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,4 m3/s
0,2 0,3 0,5 1,2
qv
500 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 25 30 40 5000 m3/h
Diagram n°4
15
T+ 0
15
1
5
T+
T+
10
9
8
7
6
LT ( m ) 5
v T = 0,25 m/s 4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,4 m3/s
0,2 0,3 0,5 1,2
qv
500 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 25 30 40 5000 m3/h
Diagram n° 5
Pressure loss and noise level (=sound power level without room attenuation)
s.
SIZE 400 mm
s.
os
.
SIZE 500 mm
Po
os
Po
r. P
r. P
rt.
rt.
Ho
Ve
Ho
Ve
NR
NR
NR
NR
250 250
200 200
60
150
60
150
55
55
100
55
90 100
55
90
50
80
80
50
70
50
70
50
60
45
60
∆Pt 50
∆Pt
45
45
50
45
( Pa ) 40
40
35 ( Pa ) 40
40
40
35
40
30
30
35
25
35
35
25
35
20
20
15
15
10
0,12 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 m3/s 10
0,16 0,25 0,5 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,4 m3/s
qv 0,2 0,3 0,5 1,2
qv
400 5 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 25 30 3500 m3/h
500 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 25 30 40 5000 m3/h
Diagram n° 6
40 500
0
Selection example
qv qv
tS tS
vt
tL
tR
LT
LT
tR
selection data: tL
solution:
diagram n° 1:
diagram n° 2:
diagram n° 5:
diagram n° 6:
Diagram n° 7
15
3
0,
0,
10
0,
Size 250 mm
9
4
8
1 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
7
9 8 7 6 5
6
5
LT ( m )
4
3,5
3
2,5
2 3
Diagram n° 8
15
Size 250 mm
10
15
5
T+
T+
T+
10
9
8
7
6
5
LT ( m ) 4
v T = 0,25 m/s 3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,06 0,08 0,12 0,2 0,3 0,4 m3/s
m3
/s
0,1 0,16 0,25
qv
m3/h
3
200 300 400 5 6 7 8 1000 1400 m /h
12
Diagram n° 9
15
3
0,
0,
0,
Size 315 mm 10
9
4
1 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
8
9 8 7 6 5
7
6
5
LT ( m )
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
m3/s
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,4 0,6 m3/s
0,08 0,12 0,2 0,3 0,5
qv
300 400 5 6 7 8 1000 12 14 16 2000 mm3/h
3/h
Diagram n° 10
Size 315 mm
15
T+ 0
15
5
1
T+
T+
10
9
8
7
6
5
LT ( m ) 4
v T = 0,25 m/s 3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
m3/s
3
0,06 0,08 0,12 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 m /s
0,1 0,16 0,25
qv
200 300 400 5 6 7 8 1000 14 m3/h
2000 m3/h
12 16
Diagram n° 11
Pressure loss and noise level (= sound power level without room attenuation)
rt.
r.
r.
Ho
Ho
rt.
Ve
Ve
NR
NR
NR
200
NR
60 200
150
150
60
60
60
55
55
100
100
55
90
55
50
80 90
80
50
70
50
70
50
45
60
60
45
50
45
50
45
40
Pt Pt
40
40
40
40
( Pa )
40
35
( Pa )
30
35
30
35
35
30
25
25
20 30
30
20
30
25
25
15
25
15
25
10 3 10
0,06 0,08 0,12 0,2 0,3 0,4 mm3/s
/s
m3/s
m3
/s
0,1 0,16 0,25 0,08 0,12 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
0,1 0,16 0,25
qv qv
1400 mm3/h
3
200 300 400 5 6 7 8 1000 /h
300 400 5 6 7 8 1000 14 m3/h
1800 m
3
/h
12 16
Installation dimensions
WS400
øW
A
Application
3
The fixed swirl diffuser type WS400 is
used for the supply of cooled or
heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, schools.
A Diffusers for ceiling or exposed duct
mounting.
WS400T A high induction is obtained by the
exceptional swirl discharge, this
quickly reduces the difference in
temperature and velocity of the
induced air, which makes this dif-
fuser extremely suitable for VAV ter-
minal boxes. This diffuser can also
be used for exhaust.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
Size A B C ØD E ØW
125 294 290 230 123 155 250
200 394 375 305 198 200 350
200 494 375 305 198 200 350
250 594 575 355 248 200 500
315 594 575 420 313 260 500
All dimensions in mm
• S400SG/WS401SG/WS400TG/WS
20
25
30
35
40
Size
(mm) 401TG: insulated plenum
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
1,2 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9 • WS400P: swirl diffuser integrated
250 & 315
in a false ceiling plate
(see p. 2 501)
3
200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 m / h
700 900
How to order
WS400 size 315 mm with plenum with top entry and damper, non insulated.
W S 4 0 1 T - 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
Size Dimension A
-: without plenum
S: plenum with side entry
T: plenum with top entry
0: without damper
1: with damper in inlet spigot of plenum
Installation dimensions
Ø 350
Application
3
The fixed swirl diffuser type WR400 is
used for the supply of cooled or
heated air in facilities such as
offices, shopping centres, schools.
Ø 448 Diffusers for ceiling or exposed duct
mounting.
A high induction is obtained by the
WR400 Size 315-600 mm
exceptional swirl discharge, this
Ø 500 quickly reduces the difference in
temperature and velocity of the
induced air, which makes this dif-
fuser extremely suitable for VAV ter-
minal boxes. This diffuser can also
be used for exhaust.
Technical information
Characteristics:
Construction:
ØJ
95
ØA
All dimensions in mm
25
30
35
40
NR
NR
NR
NR
NR
Size (mm)
1,2 1,8 2,1 2,5 2,9
250 & 315
3
200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 m / h
700 900
How to order
WR401S size 315 mm with plenum with side entry and damper, non insulated
W R 4 0 1 S - 0 3 1 5 0 6 0 0
Size Dimension A
- : without plenum
S: plenum with side entry
0: without damper
1: with damper in inlet spigot of plenum
SWIRL DIFFUSER
WS400 • WR400
Selection table - supply
Type WS400 • WR400 - with ceiling effect Valid for cooling up to ∆ ts = -12 K
- damper completely open Valid for heating up to ∆ ts = +15 K
3
m /s
q V
0,35 )
/s
(m
0,3 3
m /h
0,25 1200 vk
vk
vT
LT ( m ) 1000
0,2
900 5 0
2 3 4 0,18
800
5,
NR4
0,16
vR 700
3
0,14 5
2,5 0,12
600 4,
5 NR3
500
1,5 3 0,1 0
NR3
4
0,09
400
2 0,08 5
3,
5
NR2
2,5 0,07
1,2 300
0,06 250
1 1,5 2
0,055 5
2,
0
0,05
NR2
0,8 1,2 200
0,045
1,5
180
1 0,04
160
0,6 1,2 0,035
140
0,8
0,5 1 0,03
120
0,025
0,4 0,6 0,8
100
0,35 0,7
0,5 0,02
80
v T 0,75 0,50 0,37 m / s
v 0,25 0,17 0,12 m / s 125 - 294 200 - 394 250 - 594
200 - 494 315 - 594
200 - 448 315 - 600
Example
Pressure loss
with damper
D
p (Pa)
t
°
45°
90
0°
100
90
80
70
60
50
+4
+2
NR
40
NR
35
30
25
20
15
10
2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
v (m/s)
k
Installation dimensions
WS360
dia. N
40
M
16
Application
WS360 WS360S
594 x 594
The grille type WS360 can be used
for the supply of cooled or heated
air in facilities such as offices, stores,
schools, ...
The diffuser is equipped with a swirl
diffuser with fixed vanes mounted
in a square perforated frontsheet.
A high induction is obtained by the
3
Size ØN M ØN ØD exceptional swirl effect, which
Size A B E
makes them extremely suitable for
125 123 17 125 123 299 160 98 205 VAV applications.
160 158 17 160 158 349 185 123 217 Ceiling mounting possible.
200 198 17 200 198 399 220 158 235
250 248 17 250 248 494 270 198 265
315 313 27 315 313 524 310 248 290 Technical information
400 398 52 400 398 624 375 313 347 Characteristics:
All dimensions in mm
• swirl diffuser with perforated steel
sheet, horizontal air pattern
• 2,4 m < mounting height < 4 m
WS360S • available with 6 diameters with
A
overall dimensions 594 x 594 mm
• direct fixing on a circular duct pos-
sible
Construction:
dia. D
594 x 594
Throw LT (m)
0,6
125 0,7 0,9
How to order
plafondrooster 315 x 594 mm + geïsoleerd plenum met zijdelingse aansluiting en
damper
a) Diffuser
W S 3 6 0 - F 0 3 1 5 0 5 9 4
L H
W P 2 0 1 S G 0 3 1 5 0 0 0 0
size
VT
VK
3
m /s
3
qV
VR
0,4
0,35 / s)
(m
3
LT ( m ) 0,3 m /h
1,5 3
0,25 1400 5 5
vk
4,
0,2 1200
4 55
2 0,16
1000 3,
5
NR
0,14 800 50
NR
2,5 3
1,2 0,12 700
0,1 600
2,
5 45
0,09 500 NR
40
NR
1 1,5 0,08 400
2 2
0,07 35
NR
0,06
300
5 30
0,8 1,2 1,
NR
1,5 25
NR
0,05
0,045
1 200
0,04
1
0,6 1,2 0,035
150
0,8 0,03
0,5 1
0,025
100
0,02
0,4 0,6 0,8
0,5
v T 0,75 0,50 0,37 m / s
v R 0,25 0,17 0,12 m / s 125 160 200 250 315 400
Size
Correction factor: without ceiling effect: LT x 0,80
Noise correction: with side entry: NR + 2
Example
Pressure loss
with damper
p
t (Pa)
200
150
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
1 1,5 2 2,5 3 4 5
v (m/s)
k
Installation dimensions
D C
Application
SE614 SE614
SE604 SE604 The slot diffuser, type SE600 is used
for the supply of cooled and heat-
ed air in facilities such as offices,
47
47
4
It is designed for ceiling or sidewall
18.5
B
18.5
B
mounting and is available with 1 to
A A 8 slots. Each slot is individually
adjustable and equipped with 2
deflector vanes of a special design
Number of slots to minimise the internal turbu-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 lences. An ideal air supply pattern
adjustable over 180° can be ob-
A (SE) 68,5 105 141,5 178 214,5 251 287,5 324 tained.
B 48 84 121 157 193 230 266 303 All lengths are available for an
C 32,5 69 105,5 142 178,5 215 251,5 288 ideal fit in every ceiling-system.
D 44 81 117 154 190 227 263 300
Throw LT (m)
2 3 4 6
1
SE600 with 2 slots and black aluminium deflectors, slot length 1000 mm SE mounting brackets for ceiling
application: direct mounting when
no plenum is provided.
slot length (mm) panel length * All panels have a width of 300 mm
F: painted in RAL-colors and a flange of 10 mm at all sides.
P:with panell, with rebord of 10 mm on all ** All panels have a width of 300 mm
sides* and a flange of 10 mm at the
Z: with panel, with fine line 5/8 ont het two longest side. The length of the
shortest sides** panel, is the total length, fine line
4: number of slots included
Installation dimensions
1 L
Application
The slot diffuser, type SB600 is used
for the supply of cooled and heat-
48.5
4
18.5 ceiling or sidewall and is available
9.75
with 1 to 5 slots. Each slot is indivi-
A dually adjustable and equipped
with 2 specially designed deflector
vanes to minimise the internal tur-
bulences. An ideal air supply pat-
Number of slots tern adjustable over 180° can be
1 2 3 4 5 obtained.
All lengths are available for an
A 38 74,5 111 147,5 184 ideal fit in every ceilingsystem.
C 34,5 71 107,5 144 180,5
L = slot length
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Characteristics
Throw LT (m)
2 3 4 6
1
Accessories
BOBSE: blanking off baffle; made
out of steel sheet, painted black
(RAL 9005)
Fixing
• concealed fixing
How to order
SB600 with 2 slots and black aluminium deflectors, slot length 1000 mm.
S B 6 1 2 - - 1 0 0 0 - - - -
number of slots
0: exhaust, no deflectors
1: supply, with black aluminium deflectors
2: supply, with white aluminium deflectors
5: dummy diffuser
Installation dimensions
SP100 • SP110
For mounting with holding clips (only for SE600)
L1 W 50
12
7
40
D
H
B
5
L2
Number of slots
ØD
W
B
H
SP100 • SP110:
1
123
125
200
44
2
158
158
250
81
L1 = L + 11
3
198
188
300
117
4
198
238
350
154
5
248
263
400
190
L2 = L + 35
6
248
263
400
227
7
313
280
450
263
8
313
280
450
300
L = slot length
4
SP100L&R • SP110L&R: L1 = L +6 L2 = L + 18
SP100M • SP110M: L1 = L - 22 L2 = L
SP120 • SP130
For direct and fixed mounting (for SE600 and SB600)
L W 50
12
7
40
D
H
B
L-20
Number of slots
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Assembly drawing
INSERT PAT
BOBS
SE-
SE MOUNTING BRACKETS
INSERT PAT
How to order
SP100 for a slot diffuser with 2 slots, insulated, for mounting with holding clips, no damper,
L = 1000 mm; delivered separately.
S P 1 0 2 - G 0 1 6 0 1 0 0 0
spigot diameter slot length (mm)
- : non insulated plenum
G: internally insulated plenum
H: plenum insulated at the top and on the
opposite side of the inlet
- : one piece
R: end piece right*
L: end piece left*
M: intermediate piece
number of slots
50
NR Ceiling one-way exhaust pattern
45
NR
40
NR
35
NR
30
NR
NR
NR
25
20
Ceiling two-way exhaust pattern 4
1 2 3 4
0
25
50
10
8
+1
+8
NR
NR
4
4
Example
SUPPLY
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,04 m3/s.m
- Throw LT = 2,8m at vT = 0,4 m/s
Solution:
- Number of slots: 2
- Supply air velocity vk = 2,7 m/s
- Noise level NR 23
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 6,2 Pa
EXHAUST
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,15 m3/s.m
Solution:
- Number of slots: 3; without de-
flectors
- Supply air velocity vk = 4,2 m/s
- Noise level NR 32
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 8 Pa
Correction factors
∆ t = -10 K ∆t = 0 K ∆ t = + 15 K
Case 1 LT x 1,0 LT x 0,9 LT x 0,6
Case 2 LT x 0,7 LT x 0,6 LT x 0,4
Installation dimensions
SE800
SE804
SE 814
SE804
SE 814
Application
The slot diffuser, type SE800 is used
47
47
4
A A
It is designed for ceiling or sidewall
mounting and is available with 1 to
Number of slots 8 slots. Each slot is individually
adjustable and equipped with 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 specially desinged deflector vanes
to minimise the internal turbu-
A (SE) 75 118 161 204 247 290 333 376
B 54 97 140 183 226 269 312 355 lences. An ideal air supply pattern
C 41 82 125 168 211 254 297 340 adjustable over 180° can be ob-
D 64 94 137 180 223 266 309 352 tained.
All lengths are available for an
L = slot length SE: L1 = L + 50
ideal fit in every ceiling-system.
L2 , B = minimum ceiling opening E = 25
All dimensions in mm
Technical information
Fast selection diagram
Characteristics
• available up to 8 slots
Number
of slots • all lengths available (in steps of 1
mm): from 300 mm up to 2000 mm
20 30 40 50 NR
4 12,5
in one piece; larger lengths with
4
intermediate pieces (length = 1500
mm) and end pieces
3,5 5,5 7,5 11
3 • 25 mm frame
• none operational parts or dummy
diffusers; slots are blanked off by
3,5 4,5 9,5 black PVC strips (S-850)
2
• exhaust: without deflectors
• supply: horizontal or vertical air
supply pattern possible by adjust-
able deflectors
2,5 4 5,5 8 Throw LT (m)
1
3
60 80 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 m /h
S E 8 1 2 - - 1 0 0 0 - - - -
Accessories
slot length (mm)
BOBSE: blanking off baffle; made
-: slot diffuser in one piece with end caps on out of steel sheet, painted black
both sides RAL 9005
E: end pieces, with one end cap
M: intermediate piece, without end caps SE mounting brackets for ceiling
C: corner section 90° (600 x 600 mm) application: direct mounting when
number of slots no plenum is provided.
E: frame width 25 mm
8
5 fine line
L
Slot diffuser in a panel
Installation dimensions
1 L
Application
48.5
4
4
shops, meeting rooms, ...
A It is designed for ceiling or sidewall
mounting and is available with 1 to
5 slots. Each slot is individually
adjustable and equipped with 2
Number of slots specially designed deflector vanes
1 2 3 4 5 to minimise the internal turbu-
lences. An ideal air supply pattern
A 44,5 87,5 130,5 173,5 216,5 adjustable over 180° can be ob-
C 41 84 127 170 213
stained.
L = slot length All lengths are available for an
All dimensions in mm ideal fit in every ceilingsystem.
3
60 80 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 m /h
How to order
SB800 with 2 slots and black aluminium deflectors, slot length 1000 mm
S B 8 1 2 - - 1 0 0 0 - - - -
number of slots
0: exhaust, no deflectors
1: supply, with black aluminium deflectors
2: supply, with white aluminium deflectors
5: dummy diffuser
12
7 Ø
40
D
Ø
H
B
5
L2
Number of slots
4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SP800 • SP810: L1 = L + 11 L2 = L + 35
SP00L&R • SP810L&R: L1 = L + 6 L2 = L + 18
SP800M • SP810M: L1 = L - 22 L2 = L
SP820 • SP830
For direct and fixed mounting (for SE800 and SB800)
L1
W 50
12
7
Ø
40
D
Ø
H
B
5
L2
Number of slots
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Assembly drawing
INSERT PAT
BOBS
SE-
SE MOUNTING BRACKETS
INSERT PAT
How to order
SP800 for a slot diffuser with 2 slots, insulated, for mounting with holding clips, no
damper, L = 1000 mm; delivered separately.
S P 8 0 2 - G 0 1 6 0 1 0 0 0
spigot diameter slot length (mm)
-: non insulated plenum
G: internally insulated plenum
H: plenum insulated at the top and on the opposite side
of the inlet
-: one piece
R: end piece right*
L: end piece left*
M: intermediate piece
number of slots
4
200 5
4 6 8 3, NR
180 0,06
3,5 7 20
NR
5 160 3 Ceiling two-way exhaust pattern
3 6 0,05
5
140 2,
4
2,5 5 120 0,04
3,5 2
2 3 4 100
0,03
3,5
2,5 80
1,5 3
2
2,5 60 0,02
1 1,5 2
v T 0,60
v R 0,25
0,40
0,17
0,30 m / s
0,12 m / s
1 2 3 4
QV
100 200 300 400 500 600 1000 2000 3000 m /h
3 D
0%
3
0,03 0,04 0,06 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 m /s
10
14
%
13
50
12
11
%
10
25
9
vk 8
NR 50
+8
(m/s) 7
8
+1
NR
NR 45
NR
6
NR 40
5
NR 35
4 NR 30
p (Pa)
t
0
25
50
10
8
+1
+8
NR
NR
4
4
Example
SUPPLY
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,09 m3/s.m
- Throw LT = 5,7m at vT = 0,4 m/s
Solution:
- Number of slots: 2
- Supply air velocity vk = 5 m/s
- Noise level NR 34
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 20 Pa
EXHAUST
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,2 m3/s.m
- Number of slots: 3; without de-
flectors
Solution:
- Supply air velocity vk = 4,1 m/s
- Noise level NR 29
- Total pressure loss with damper
100 % open: ∆ pt = 8 Pa
Correction factors
∆ t = -10 K ∆t = 0 K ∆ t = + 15 K
Case 1 LT x 1 LT x 0,9 LT x 0,6
Case 2 LT x 0,7 LT x 0,6 LT x 0,4
ø78
174
Application
The RT151 drum slot diffuser is suit-
able for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and warmed air in offices,
80.5
4
fuser is designed for ceiling mount-
50
Technical Information
Characteristics:
15
- up to a length of 1600 mm fitted
with one round inlet, over 1600
1 L 1 mm two round inlets
- optional internal insulation
L1=L+2
Construction:
Specifications description
Example:
Fixing
slot length (mm) • diffuser attached directly to the
plenum (monting by Grada upon
request)
• provided with mounting eyes (ø 7
- : anodised aluminium mm), mounting straps available
F: painted in a RAL-colour upon request
1: one slot
Installation dimensions
RT151 + RP101
L = slot length (mm)
L-3
8
ø7
1 1
L
L1=L+2
L1 = ceiling opening
How to order
RP101 with 1 slot, slot length = 1500 mm, internally insulated
R P 1 0 1 - G 0 0 8 0 1 5 0 0
spigot diameter slot length (mm)
-: non insulated plenum
G: internally insulated plenum
-: one piece
L: end piece left
R: end piece right
M: intermediate piece
1: one slot
RP1: plenum
Selection diagram
Type RT151 - with ceiling effect Valid for cooling up to ∆ ts = –10 K
- damper completely open Valid for heating up to ∆ ts = +20 K
)
m3 / h qV /s
120 (m
100
LT ( m )
3
m /s vk
90 45
10
Ceiling one-way exhaust
80 0,034 NR
2 3 4 70 0,030 pattern
9
60 0,025 40
3,5 8 NR
2,5 50 0,020
1,5 3
0,018 35
0,016 7 NR
2
2,5
40
0,014
6 30
1,2 NR
4
35
0,012 5 25
1 1,5 2 30 NR
0,010 20
0,8 1,2 25 0,009
4 NR
1,5
0,008
1 20 3
0,007
0,6 1,2 18
0,8 5
16 0,006 2,
0,5 1
0,005 2
0,4 0,6 0,8
v T 0,60 0,40 0,30 m / s 0,004
v R 0,25 0,17 0,12 m / s
600 1000
1 900 1200
%
00
Alternating swirle Correction factor on selection
D1
diagram: LT x 0,6
60
50
40
pt
( Pa ) 30
25
20
150
15
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
vk ( m/s )
Correction factors
For linear slot diffusers
1 - 1,5 LT x 1,00 +0 NR
1,5 - 2 LT x 1,05 +2 NR
2 - 6,5 LT x 1,1 +5 NR
Installation dimensions
RT351 + RP301
98 50
ø123
Application
The RT350 drum slot diffuser is suit-
214
able for the supply and exhaust of
cooled and warmed air in offices,
shops, meeting rooms, etc. The dif-
fuser is designed for ceiling mount-
ing and is available with 1 or 2 slots.
Each slot is fitted with air direction
elements which can be individual-
75.5
4
ly adjusted. These specially devel-
60
37.5
Technical information
Characteristics:
64
77
All dimensions in mm
B = 35
13 L
L1=L + 26
RT352
L = slot length (mm), L2 and B = ceiling opening
L2=L + 13
- alternating horizontally:
every 2 air nozzles
- alternating swirl:
B = 62
alternates at every air nozzle
• length of air nozzle = 150 mm
• 2.6 m < installation height < 4 m
13 L
• available with plenum:
L1=L + 26 - with or without volume control valve
in the inlet, adjustable at the front
diffuser
- up to a length of 1600 mm fitted
How to order with one round inlet, over 1600 mm
two round inlets
RT351 with one slot, painted in a RAL-colour, slot length =1500 mm - optional internal insulation
R T 3 5 1 - F 1 5 0 0 - - - - Construction:
• extruded aluminium, natural tone
slot length (mm) anodised or painted in a RAL colour
• fitted with black or white ABS plastic
-: anodised aluminium air nozzles
F: painted in a RAL-colour
• galvanised steel sheet plenum, op-
- slot diffuser in one piece with end caps on both tional insulation
sides
E: end pieces, with one end cap
M: intermediate piece, without end caps Specifictations description
351: ceiling opening 35 mm, total width 50 mm, 1 slot Example:
352: ceiling opening 62 mm, total width 77 mm, 2 slots
361: ceiling opening 35 mm, total width 35 mm, end Aluminium line diffuser with 1 outlet slot
cap X, 1 slot with adjustable air nozzles. Suitable for
371: ceiling opening 35 mm, total width 35 mm, end ceiling mounting. Delivered complete
cap Z, 1 slot with fixed plenum with round side con-
451: ceiling opening 35 mm, total width 50 mm, 1 slot, nection and volume control valve.
with concealed fixing
Diffuser natural tone anodised with
452: ceiling opening 62 mm, total width 77 mm, 2
black plastic air nozzles.
slots, with concealed fixing
The plenum is made from galvanised
311: dummy diffuser (for R-351), with brackets
steel sheet.
312: dummy diffuser (for R-352), with brackets
321: dummy diffuser (for R-361), with brackets
Type: RT351 + RP311
331: dummy diffuser (for R-371), with brackets
L = ... mm
411: dummy diffuser (for R-451), with concealed
screw fixing
412: dummy diffuser (for R-452), with concealed Fixing
screw fixing
• either by a diffuser attached direct-
T: supply (black air direction elements) ly to the plenum, either by con-
W:supply (white air direction elements) cealed fixing so that the diffuser
A: exhaust (without air direction elements) can be removed from the plenum
(mounting by Grada upon request)
• provided with mounting eyes (ø 7
mm), mounting straps available
upon request
Installation dimensions
RT361/RT371 + RP301 98 50
ø123
214
75.5
60
37.5
35
RT361/RT371
L = slot length (mm)
4
35
1 L
35 1 L
34
35 1 L
Installation dimensions
RT351 + RP301
L = slot length (mm)
L-2
23
ø1
13 L
L1=L+26
23
ø1
1 L 1
L1=L+2
How to order
RP301, insulated plenum, slot length = 1500 mm
R P 3 0 1 - G 0 1 2 5 1 5 0 0
spigot diameter slot length (mm)
-: non insulated plenum
G: internally insulated plenum
- : one piece
L: end piece left
R: end piece right
M:intermediate piece
1: one slot
2: two slots
0: without damper in the inlet spigot
1: with damper in the inlet spigot
RP3: plenum
RP4: plenum (with concealed fixing)
Installation dimensions
RT451 + RP401
98 50
ø123
214
35
75.5
60
52
37.5
50
Linear execution:
RT451 + RP401
L = slot length (mm) end pieces + 15 mm
intermediate pieces = nominal dimension
Nom. L + 34
23
ø1
214
137
Nom. L + 8
Nom. L
Nom. L + 26
Installation dimensions
RT452 + RP402
123 50
ø158
249
62
75.5
60
Linear execution:
52
37.5
end pieces + 15 mm
intermediate pieces = nominal dimension
77
RT452 + RP402
L = slot length (mm)
Nom. L + 34
8
15
ø
249
154.5
Nom. L + 8
Nom. L
Nom. L + 26
3 qV
m /h )
500
/s
(m
3
400 m /s
350
300 0,14 10 vk
0,12
LT ( m ) 250 0,10
9 50
200 0,09 8 NR
4 6 8 0,08 45
150
0,07
7
NR
3,5 7 0,06 40
5
0,05 6 NR Ceiling one-way exhaust
3 6 35 pattern
100 0,04 NR
4 0,035 5 30
2,5 5 90 NR
3,5
80 0,03 25
4
4 NR
2 3 4 70 20
0,025
NR
3,5
2,5 60 3
1,5 3 0,02
50 0,018 5
2 2,
2,5 0,016
40 2
0,014
1 1,5 2
0,012
v T 0,60 0,40 0,30 m / s
v R 0,25 0,17 0,12 m / s
Ceiling two-way exhaust
pattern
1 600 1000
900 1200
2 600 1000
900 1200
%
00
D1
Alternating swirl
60
50
40
pt
30
150
( Pa )
25
Correction factor on selection
20 diagram: LT x 0,6
15
Alternating horizontal
10
9
8
7
6
5
300
Correction factor on selection
4 diagram: LT x 0,7
2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
vk ( m/s )
Correction factors
For linear slot diffusers
1 - 1,5 LT x 1,00 +0 NR
1,5 - 2 LT x 1,05 +2 NR
2 - 6,5 LT x 1,1 +5 NR
Installation dimensions
RT501 + RP501
98 50
ø158
255
Application
The RT500 drum slot diffuser is suit-
able for the sypply and exhaust of
cooled and warmed air in offices,
shops, meeting rooms, etc. The dif-
82
4
64
Technical information
Characteristics:
43.5
B = 50
13 L
L1=L + 26
round inlets
- optional internal insulation
Construction:
How to order
RP501, insulated plenum, slot length = 1500 mm
R P 5 0 1 - G 0 1 6 0 1 5 0 0
spigot diameter slot length (mm)
- : non insulated plenum
G: internally insulated plenum
- : one piece
L: end piece left
R: end piece right
M:intermediate piece
1: one slot
2: two slots
0: without damper in the inlet spigot
1: with damper in the inlet spigot
RP5: plenum
RP6: plenum (with concealed fixing)
RT601 + RP601
97 50
ø158
260
50
90
70
57
43.5
68
Linear execution:
RT601 + RP601
Nom. L + 34 end pieces + 15 mm
8
15
ø
260
165.5
Nom. L + 8
Nom. L
Nom. L + 26
RT602 + RP602
136 50
ø198
300
89
90
70
57
Linear execution:
43.5
end pieces + 15 mm
107 intermediate pieces = nominal
dimension
RT602 + RP602
Nom. L + 34
8
19
ø
300
185.5
Nom. L + 8
Nom. L
Nom. L + 26
qV
m3 / h )
800 /s
m /s (m
3
700
600
0,24 10 vk
500
0,20 9
400 55
LT ( m ) 350 0,15 8 NR
300 50
6 9 12 250
7 NR
0,1
0,09 45
8 200
0,08
6
N R
5 10 0,07 40 Ceiling one-way exhaust
7 9 5 N R
0,06 pattern
150 0,055 35
4 6 8 NR 0
4
0,05 3
3,5
5
7
0,045
4 NR
25
3 6 0,04 NR
4 100 20
2,5 5 90
0,035 3
NR
3,5 5
80 0,03 2,
2 3 4
70 0,025 2
3,5
2,5 60
1,5 3 0,02
50 0,018
v T 0,60 0,40 0,30 m / s
v 0,25 0,17 0,12 m / s 0,016 Ceiling two-way exhaust
R
40 pattern
0,014
0,012
600 1000
1 900 1200
600 1000
2 900 1200
%
00
D1
Alternating swirl
60
50
40
pt
150
( Pa ) 30
25 Correction factor on selection
diagram: LT x 0,6
20
15
Alternating horizontal
10
9
8
7
6
300
5 Correction factor on selection
diagram: LT x 0,7
4
2 2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
vk ( m/s )
Correction factors
For linear slot diffusers
1 - 1,5 LT x 1,00 +0 NR
1,5 - 2 LT x 1,05 +2 NR
2 - 6,5 LT x 1,1 +5 NR
Installation dimensions
TE633 • TE660
B
25 L 25
50 E 50 E
Application
øD
øD
H
offices, meeting rooms, shops, ...
T
4
tors ensure a stable horizontal air
supply pattern and a low noise
16 16 level. The result is a high induction
P P level and an air flow penetration in
B B the space without internal turbu-
lences. By the reduced pressure
1 SLOT 2 SLOTS drop, the diffuser is the ideal solu-
L 600 900 600 900 tion for VAV-applications.
300 1200 300 1200
B 61 61 61 61 93 93 93 93
øD 125 125 160 200 125 160 200 250 Technical information
T 250 250 232 212 250 232 212 187 Characteristics
E (1R) 36 36 36 36 68 68 68 68
E (2R) - - - - 73 73 73 73 • choice of the supply direction of
P 48 48 48 48 80 80 80 80 the fixed not adjustable deflec-
3 SLOTS 4 SLOTS tors in 1 or 2 directions (supply
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200 directions provided right air entry)
B 125 125 125 125 157 157 157 157 • available with 1-8 slots, standard
øD 160 200 250 250 200 250 250 250 lengths 300, 600, 900, 1200 mm
T 232 212 187 187 212 187 187 187 • diffuser supplied with plenum,
E (1R) 100 100 100 100 132 132 132 132 optional internal insulation, with
E (2R) 105 105 105 105 137 137 137 137 or without damper; the plenum is
P 112 112 112 112 144 144 144 144 fixed directly on the diffuser
(mounting by Grada upon re-
5 SLOTS 6 SLOTS
quest)
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200 • TE600: fixed core
B 189 189 189 189 221 221 221 221 TE700: hinged core, with push-pull
øD 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250 closing (available from 4 slots)
T 212 187 187 187 212 187 187 187
E (1R) 164 164 164 164 196 196 196 196 Construction
E (2R) 169 169 169 169 201 201 201 201
P 176 176 176 176 208 208 208 208 • aluminium diffuser, painted white
7 SLOTS 8 SLOTS (RAL 9010)
• galvanised steel sheet plenum
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200
• plenum provided with mountiing
B 253 253 253 253 285 285 285 285
eyes (ø 7 mm), mounting straps
øD 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250
available upon request
T 212 187 187 187 212 187 187 187
E (1R) 228 228 228 228 260 260 260 260
E (2R) 233 233 233 233 265 265 265 265
P 240 240 240 240 272 272 272 272
L = nominal length
All dimensions in mm
TE733
B
25 L 25
50 E
øD
H
T
16
P
B
4 SLOTS
L 300 600 900 1200
B 157 157 157 157
øD 200 250 250 250
T 212 187 187 187
E (1R) 132 132 132 132
E (2R) 137 137 137 137
H 325 325 325 365
P 144 144 144 144
F (1R) 159 159 159 159
F (2R) 185 185 185 185
5 SLOTS 6 SLOTS
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200
B 189 189 189 189 221 221 221 221
øD 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250
T 212 187 187 187 212 187 187 187
E (1R) 164 164 164 164 196 196 196 196
E (2R) 169 169 169 169 201 201 201 201
H 325 325 325 365 325 325 325 365
P 176 176 176 176 208 208 208 208
F (1R) 205 205 205 205 250 250 250 250
F (2R) 218 218 218 218 250 250 250 250
7 SLOTS 8 SLOTS
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200
B 253 253 253 253 285 285 285 285
øD 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250
T 212 187 187 187 212 187 187 187
E (1R) 228 228 228 228 260 260 260 260
E (2R) 233 233 233 233 265 265 265 265
H 325 325 325 365 325 325 325 365
P 240 240 240 240 272 272 272 272
F (1R) 295 295 295 295 340 340 340 340
F (2R) 282 282 282 282 315 315 315 315
TE603/630
TE613/631/713/731
How to order
TE600 with 1 slot, supply direction at the right, air entry at the right, L = 900 mm.
T E 6 0 1 - - 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 TE622/722
slot length (mm) panel length * All panels have a width of 300 mm
and a flange of 10 mm at all sides.
F: painted in RAL-colors
P:with panell, with rebord of 10 mm on all ** All panels have a width of 300 mm
sides* and a flange of 10 mm at the
Z: with panel, with fine line 5/8 ont het two longest side. The length of the
shortest sides** panel, is the total length, fine line
4: number of slots included
Installation dimensions
TP100/TP700
L-2
øD
H
L
Q=L+13
L+50
4
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200
øD 125 125 160 200 125 160 200 250 160 200 250 250
7 SLOTS 8 SLOTS
L 300 600 900 1200 300 600 900 1200
øD 200 250 250 250 200 250 250 250
How to order
TP100, not insulated and without damper for TE601, L = 900 mm.
T P 1 0 1 - - 0 1 2 5 1 2 0 0
50
NR
45
NR
40
NR
35
NR
30
NR
25
NR
20
NR
4
1 300 600 900 1200
2 300 600 900 1200
3 300 600 900 1200
4 300 600 900 1200
1 0,0097
2 0,0195
3 0,0292
4 0,0390
Example
Selection data:
- Air flow rate qv = 0,035 m3/s
- Throw LT = 1,9 m at vT = 0,3 m/s
Solution:
- Diffuser with - 1 slot (L = 1200 mm)
- 2 slots (L = 600 mm)
- 4 slots (L = 300 mm)
with 1 supply direction
- Supply air velocity vk = 3 m/s
- Noise level NR 23
- Total pressure loss with damper completely
open: ∆ Pt = 4,7 Pa
A
594 / 670
B
Application
A
The TE370 slot diffuser is suitable for
25 544 / 620 the supply and exhaust of heated
and cooled air in offices, confe-
594 / 670
rence rooms, etc.
Especially developed fixed blades
ensure a fixed double-sided hori-
4
574 zontal pulse pattern and a low
noise level. High induction and high
penetration of the airflow into the
60
19
350
extracting air.
Ø
EXTRACTIE
EXTRACTION PULSIE
PULSION PULSIE
PULSION EXTRACTIE
EXTRACTION
Type: TE374S
size ... mm
How to order
TE370 with 4 slots left and right, size 594 mm and robust plenum
T E 3 7 4 S - 0 5 9 4 0 5 9 4
X F I 0 0 2 M - - - - - - - -
200 25 0,7 7
240 30 1,1 12
300 35 1,8 18
370 40 2,6 26
460 45 4,1 40
SUPPLY
4 slots each side
airflow rate
qv (m3/h)
300
noise level
LW (NR)
20
air velocity
vk (m/s)
2,2
pressure loss
delta pt (Pa)
3
throw
LT (m)*
1,4
4
360 25 2,6 3 1,7
SUPPLY
3 slots each side
SUPPLY
2 slots each side
220 25 3 5 1,4
270 35 4 9 1,9
330 40 5 14 2,4
SUPPLY
1 slot each side
140 30 4 9 1,4
Installation dimensions
TS600 / TS700
A
Application
The TS600/700 slot diffusers is suit-
able for the supply and exhaust of
both heated and chilled air in
offices, conference halls and
shops.
The specially designed baffles en-
4
sure a fixed horizontal diffusion pat-
tern on all four sides without internal
turbulece.
The frame of the diffuser can be
A adjustee to the ceilling.
Technical Information
TS600 + TP600 Characteristics:
Construction:
(RAL 9010)
38
A B C A B C
ø D = diameter 80-100-125-160-200-250-315mm
All dimensions in mm
øD
H = ø D + 150
F
135
B
38
A B C F A B C F
TS701 594 488 580 X 554 535 X 535 TS701 670 564 656 X 630 610 X 610
TS702 594 424 580 X 554 535 X 535 TS702 670 500 656 X 630 610 X 610
TS703 594 360 580 X 554 535 X 535 TS703 670 436 656 X 630 610 X 610
TS704 594 296 580 X 554 535 X 535 TS704 670 372 656 X 630 610 X 610
ø D = diameter 80-100-125-160-200-250-315 mm
All dimensions in mm
Type: TS600S
size ... mm
How to order
T S 6 0 2 - - 0 5 9 4 0 5 9 4
6: fixed core
7: hinged core with push-pull lock
T P 6 0 2 S - 0 2 5 0 0 5 9 4
-: non-insulated plenum
G: insulated plenum
H: plenum insulated at the top and
on the opposite side of the inlet
6: without filterframe
7: with filterframe
Selection diagram
Type TS600/TS700 - with ceiling effect Valid for cooling up to ∆ ts = –8 K
670 x 670 - damper completely open Valid for heating up to ∆ ts = +20 K
3 qV
m /h )
/s
(m
3000 3
LT ( m ) m /s
2500
2000 0,9 1 vk
6 9 12 0,8
0,7
8 1500
0,6
5 10 0,55
7 1200 0,5
9 1000 0,45
900 0,4
4 6 8 800 0,35
0,3 5
3,5 7 700 5,
5
4
0,25
3 6 600 5
4, NR 45
550 0,2
4
2,5 5 500 0,18 4
3,5 450 3,
5 NR 40
0,16
2 3 4 400
0,14 NR 35
3,5 350
2,5 0,12 5
2, NR 30
1,5 3 300
0,1
2 NR 25
2,5 250 0,09
0,08
1 1,5 2 200
0,07
180
0,8 1,2 1,6 0,06
1 2 3 4
Installation dimensions
Q....B
Application
The slot diffuser QA/QT, is designed
Q....G
for mounting with light fixtures. The
air is diffused through the slots
which are mounted on the sides of
4
the light fixtures. The air supply pat-
tern is vertically or horizontally
adjustable by means of a deflec-
tor which can be operated
through a slot opening. The dif-
fuser has a very high induction
level and an extremely low noise
level.
The diffuser is especially equipped
for fast, efficient and economical
mounting in system-ceilings de-
Q....E manding a high aesthetic stan-
dard.
Technical information
Characteristics
QA/QT500
QA/QT100
QA/QT600
QA/QT700
How to order
QT200, single plenum, height 150, slot length 1000 and inlet spigot 125 mm.
Q T 2 1 5 B - 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 5
1 à 9: deflection QA/QT900
Ak = 0,0063 m2/m
m3/h
qqv
LT (m) 0,06 v
0,05 m3/h
2,5 5
0,04 200 109 vk (m/s)
3,5
180
0,03 160 8 NR 40
2 3 4 7
140
120 6 NR 35
0,025
2,5
100 5
1,5 3
0,02 NR 30
2
2,5 80 4
∆ pt (Pa)
NR 25
0,015
1 1,5 2
60 3
NR 20
0,8 50 2,5
1,5
0,01
1
40 2
0,6
4
0,8
0,5 1
0,5 1,5 qv
1
L (m) 0,75 1,25
Ø 125 Solution:
Ø 150 Ø 100 Ø 80
- Supply air velocity vk = 4 m/s
pt x 1 pt x 1,16 pt x 1,44 pt x 1,55 - Throw LT = 1,4m at vT = 0,5 m/s
NR + 0 NR + 2 NR + 5 NR + 6 - Noise level NR 27
- Correction factor for inlet spigot
100 mm: NR 27+5 = NR 32
Air flow rate measurement - supply - Total pressure loss ∆ pt = 15 Pa
- Correction factor for inlet spigot
100 mm: 15 Pa x 1,44 = 21,6 Pa
Type QT … E / QT… G
Ak = 0,0126 m2/m qv
qv
m3/h
LT (m) 0,12
0,10 m3/h
2,5 5
3,5 0,08 400 10 vk (m/s)
350 9
0,06 300 8
2 3 4 7 NR 40
250 6
0,05
2,5 NR 35
200
1,5 3 5
0,04 180
2 NR 30
2,5 160 4
140
0,03 NR 25
1 1,5 2
120
0,025 3
NR 20
0,8 100
1,5 2,5
0,02 90
1
80 2
0,6
70
0,8
0,5 1
0,5 1 1,5
L (m)
0,75 1,25
∆ pt (Pa) ∆ pt (Pa)
qv qv
Correction factors
The ∆ pt- and NR-values, shown on diagrams are valid only for inlet collars 200 mm. For smaller diameters those values
have to be corrected by the factors stated below.
126
34
26
26
Application
( H + 38 ) x ( L + 38 )
( H - 14 ) x ( L - 14 )
( H + 38 ) x ( L + 38 )
( H - 14 ) x ( L - 14 )
INSTELBAAR
Adjustable
The external louvre, type W-331, is
HxL
HxL
designed for wall application, for
supply and exhaust of small air vol-
umes in heating, ventilating or air-
33,33
conditioning installations.
33,33
Dogues
4,7
Technical information
Characteristics
All dimensions in mm
Aluminium build-in external louvre, for • WA333: without screw holes, with-
small air volumes with fixed Z-shaped out dogues, with aluminium insect
blades of extruded profiles. screen 1.8 x 1.4 mm
Equipped with a welded synthetic in-
sect screen 1.6 x 1.4 mm maze. • WB333: without screw holes, with
Standard finish: natural tone anodsed. dogues and aluminium insect
Fixation by dogues. screen 1.8 x 1.4 mm
(m/s)
vf
4.5
3.5
2.5
10
12
11
9
8
7
6
4
3
5
2
100
0.014
0,
01
0,
00
0,
5
00
7
0.04
150
0.022
0.05 0.06
200
0.029
0.036
0.08
300
0.044
0.1
400
0.05
500
0.073
0.15
600
Af (m2)
0.095 700
0.2
800
900
0.25 0.3
0.127
1000
0.159 1200
1400
0.4
0.207
1600
0.5
1800
0.232
2000
0.6
0.33
2500
5
0.8
0.415 3000
1
0.556 4000
5000
0.719
1.5
6000
0.881
7000
2
1.043
8000
9000
2.5
1.44 10000
3
1.696
4
15000
5
20000
6
10
25000
7
15
8
30000
20
9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20
35000
30 40000
∆pt (Pa)
40 45000
50 50000
60 55000
60000
80 65000
100 70000
75000
80000
150
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/s)
200
300
2
1
2
Af-values (m2)
L (mm)
H (mm) 100 200 300 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
100 0,003 0,007 0,011 0,014 0,018 0,022 0,029 0,036 0,044 0,051 0,059 0,066 0,073
200 0,007 0,015 0,023 0,031 0,039 0,047 0,063 0,079 0,095 0,111 0,127 0,143 0,159
300 0,011 0,023 0,035 0,047 0,060 0,072 0,097 0,121 0,146 0,170 0,195 0,220 0,244
400 0,014 0,031 0,047 0,064 0,081 0,097 0,130 0,164 0,197 0,230 0,263 0,296 0,330
500 0,018 0,039 0,060 0,081 0,102 0,122 0,164 0,206 0,248 0,290 0,331 0,373 0,415
600 0,022 0,047 0,072 0,097 0,122 0,148 0,198 0,248 0,299 0,349 0,400 0,450 0,500
800 0,029 0,063 0,097 0,130 0,164 0,198 0,266 0,333 0,401 0,468 0,536 0,604 0,671
1000 0,037 0,079 0,121 0,164 0,206 0,248 0,333 0,418 0,503 0,588 0,672 0,757 0,842
1200 0,044 0,095 0,146 0,197 0,248 0,299 0,401 0,503 0,605 0,707 0,809 0,911 1,013
1400 0,051 0,111 0,170 0,230 0,290 0,349 0,468 0,588 0,707 0,826 0,945 1,064 1,184
1600 0,059 0,127 0,195 0,263 0,331 0,400 0,536 0,672 0,809 0,945 1,082 1,218 1,354
1800 0,066 0,143 0,220 0,296 0,373 0,450 0,604 0,757 0,911 1,064 1,218 1,372 1,525
2000 0,073 0,159 0,244 0,330 0,415 0,500 0,671 0,842 1,013 1,184 1,354 1,525 1,696
Installation dimensions
WO331
31.2
10
22
35
33.333
( H - 90 ) x ( L - 90 )
Application
The external louvre, type WO331, is
designed for surface mounted wall
HxL
standard provided.
5
10
Technical information
Characteristics
All dimensions in mm
• Z-shaped blades under 60°
• blades are clipped into a synthet-
ic blade holder
• blade height 38 mm
• distance of the blades = 33 mm
• total cross-section 1.25 mm/1.50
mm
• 30 mm surface mounting height
• physical passage 43 %
• equipped with a welded synthet-
ic insect screen(1.6 x 1.4 maze x ø
0,24 mm), 69 % free passage
• weatherproof
• available with multiples of 1 mm in
length and 10 mm in height
min L = 165 mm, max L = 2000 mm
min H = 165 mm, max H = 2000 mm
Specifications description
Example:
Type: WO331
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
How to order
WO331, dimension 500 x 300 mm
W O 3 3 1 - - 0 5 0 0 0 3 0 0
L H
(m/s)
vf
4.5
3.5
2.5
10
12
11
4
3
6
2
8
9
100
0.015
0, 0,
00 0
99 084 0,0
0,
00
07
56
4
0.04
150
0.05 0.06
0.025
200
0.034
0.08
0.043 300
0.05
0.1
400
0.062
Af (m2)
0.071 500
0.15
0.083 600
700
0.2
0.1
800
0.25 0.3
900
0.136 1000
1200
0.172
1400
0.4
0.215 1600
0.5
1800
0.266
2000
0.6
5
0.337 2500
0.8
0.397
3000
0.501
1
4000
0.596
0.708 5000
1.5
6000
0.864
7000
2
1.02
8000
1.175
9000
2.5
1.331 10000
3
4
10 15000
15
5
20000
20
6
30 25000
7
∆pt (Pa)
40 30000
50
9 10 1 12
35000
60
40000
80
45000
100
50000
14 16 18
55000
150
60000
200 65000
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/s)
300
2
1
2
Af-values (m2)
L (mm)
H (mm) 150 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
150 0,002 0,003 0,005 0,008 0,011 0,013 0,016 0,018 0,021 0,024
200 0,003 0,005 0,010 0,015 0,019 0,024 0,029 0,034 0,038 0,043
300 0,005 0,010 0,019 0,028 0,037 0,046 0,055 0,064 0,073 0,082
400 0,008 0,015 0,028 0,041 0,055 0,068 0,081 0,095 0,108 0,121
500 0,011 0,019 0,037 0,055 0,072 0,090 0,108 0,125 0,143 0,160
600 0,013 0,024 0,046 0,068 0,090 0,112 0,134 0,156 0,178 0,200
700 0,016 0,029 0,055 0,081 0,108 0,134 0,160 0,186 0,213 0,239
800 0,018 0,034 0,064 0,095 0,125 0,156 0,186 0,217 0,247 0,278
900 0,021 0,038 0,073 0,108 0,143 0,178 0,213 0,247 0,282 0,317
1000 0,024 0,043 0,082 0,121 0,160 0,200 0,239 0,278 0,317 0,356
Application
The external louvre, type G-801, is
designed for wall application for
the supply and exhaust of large air
volumes in heating, ventilating or
airconditioning installations.
The design and the mounting of
the horizontal blades ensure a
weatherproof louvre.
Technical information
5
Characteristics
Construction
GA801, dimension 1000 x 1000 mm with mounting frame WR001. • GB802: grille with galvanised steel
insectscreen and without screw
a) Louvre holes in the frame
Application
(H-15)x(L-20)
0
HxL
(H+65)x(L+60)
(H+65)x(L+60)
Technical information
10
68
10
5
68
Characteristics
Construction
EXTERNAL LOUVRE
G-801 • W-801
Selection diagram • pressure loss
G-801 • W-801
Af-values (m2)
5
L (mm)
H (mm) 400 500 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000
400 0,08 0,10 0,12 0,17 0,21 0,25 0,29 0,33 0,38 0,42
500 0,11 0,14 0,16 0,22 0,28 0,33 0,39 0,44 0,50 0,56
600 0,14 0,17 0,21 0,28 0,35 0,42 0,49 0,56 0,63 0,70
800 0,19 0,24 0,29 0,39 0,48 0,58 0,68 0,78 0,88 0,97
1000 0,24 0,31 0,37 0,50 0,62 0,75 0,87 1,00 1,13 1,25
1200 0,30 0,37 0,45 0,61 0,76 0,91 1,07 1,22 1,38 1,53
1400 0,35 0,44 0,53 0,72 0,90 1,08 1,26 1,44 1,63 1,81
1600 0,41 0,51 0,62 0,83 1,04 1,25 1,46 1,67 1,88 2,09
1800 0,46 0,58 0,70 0,94 1,17 1,41 1,65 1,89 2,13 2,36
2000 0,51 0,65 0,78 1,05 1,31 1,58 1,84 2,11 2,38 2,64
PENTHOUSE
WBP
Installation dimensions
Application
The penthouse WBP is used for the
supply and/or exhaust of ventilation
air in airconditioning installations.
The aluminium penthouse can be
(L+100) x (B+100) supplied in various dimensions to
(L+142) x (B+142) enable connecting different venti-
lation units to the louvre.
A combined construction is also
All dimensions in mm possible, one has the function of
exhaust louvre and the other has
the function of supply louvre. The
Fast selection diagram horizontal blades are weatherproof.
5
The penthouse construction makes
it suitable for applications deman-
ding high aesthetic standards.
Technical information
Characteristics
How to order
Penthouse WBP, dimension 600 x 500 x 1200 mm (W x H x L) painted RAL 9010.
W B P 0 6 0 0 0 5 0 0 1 2 0 0
PENTHOUSE
WBP
Pressure loss
WBP
Example
5
- suppose qv = 11000 m3/h
- at vf = 3,2m/s (air velocity between the blades) the necessary
surface is: Af = 11000 m3/h = 0,96 m2
3,2 m/s x 3600 s/h
- with table (p. 5 050): nett surface of 1m2 gives a surface of
1,6 m2 or 1600 mm x 1000 mm or 2 x (L + W) x H = 1,6 m2
- suppose H = 0,6 m
L + W = 1,6 = 1,33 m
2 x 0,6
- choice: L = 800 mm and B = 500 mm
- with L and B known, the height is calculated the same way
- ∆ Pt = 23 Pa at vf = 3,2 m/s for exhaust of air (1)
Remark:
- selection to apply with a regular flow
- with combined penthouses, for supply and exhaust, there is a
non-active part with a width of 200 mm
Application
Vertical section
5
The sand trap louvre, type -B900, is
an external louvre used in dry, dusty
or sandy environments.
Especially designed to remove the
bulk of airborne sand and dust from
inlet air whilst maintaining reason-
able air flow rate characteristics by
means of a special double U-blade
design. Sand and dust are evacu-
ated from the base of the louvre by
a special sand collection/disersion
cill, keeping maintenance to a
mini-mum.
The sand trap louvres can be used
as natural ventilators or to alleviate
the load on the main filtration
stages of air conditioning equip-
ment.
Technical information
Characteristics
Type: WB901
nom. dim. (L x H) … x …mm
Pressure loss
Application for a free flow or duct junc- be expected at velocities of 1,5 m/s,
tion. Indicated speeds are the speeds de-pending on sand/dust particle size.
for a nominal flow (L x H). Triple this
speed to know the speed in the slots. Selection example:
• qv = 7500 m3/h
Used in normal conditions, the sand trap • surface for v = 1,5m/s: 1,389 m2
louvres are developed for velocities up • dimensions (L x H): 1400 x 1000 mm
to 2 m/s. Velocities above 2 m/s are usu- • pressure loss at v = 1,5 m/s: 45 Pa
ally undesirable in dusty/sandy atmos-
pheres as the ability of the louvre to
remove airborne particles decreases
efficiency of approximately 40-60 % can
How to order
WB900, aluminium construction with birdscreen, dimension 450 x 400 mm.
W B 9 0 1 - - 0 4 5 0 0 4 0 0
L H
0: without birdscreen
1: with birdscreen
G: galvanised construction
I : stainless steel construction
W: aluminium construction
F
A 65
B 25
ø8
A
in supply (BT) and exhaust (BA).
150 L The air flow rate control is pressure
independent and achieved by a
precision engineered damper which
modulates in response to a differen-
tial pressure sensor and a motorised
Size q Airflow (m3/h) A B C ØD E electronic velocity control device.
Min. Max. Nom. Direct communication is possible
between the VAV boxes and the
125 75-150 150-500 500 250 200 220 123 255 central control area.
160 89-300 300-1000 1000 300 250 270 158 255 The volume control and the com-
200 125-420 420-1400 1400 450 400 420 198 255 plete shut-off of the VAV box are
250 201-675 675-2250 2250 450 400 420 248 355
obtained by the same damper.
315 321-1080 1080-3600 3600 650 600 620 313 355
Taking into account the reduced
355 401-1350 1350-4500 4500 655 605 625 353 410
400 535-1800 1800-6000 6000 700 650 670 398 455 pressure loss in the damper, the
boxes need a minimum of inlet pres-
sure which results in remarkable sav-
6
Size F G L L1
ings in the total energy require-
125 200 220 1200 1350 ments.
160 200 220 1200 1350
200 200 220 1200 1350
250 300 320 1500 1650
315 300 320 1500 1650
Technical information
355 355 375 1800 1950
400 400 420 1800 1950 Characteristics
• Control damper leakage complies - In case of constant flow rate con- Specifications description
with: EN NBN 1751 class 1, 2 and 3 trol (CAV), indicate requested con-
stant flow rate Example:
Controls - documentation and wiring dia-
gram available upon simple re- VAV box in galvanised steel sheet,
• each VAV box is equipped with an quest equipped with electronic Belimo
electronic velocity regulator and (LMV-D2 MP) controller, built-in alu-
motor; together with the pressure dif- Construction minium pressure sensor and inte-
ferential sensor it guarantees a pres- grated silencer. Internal insulation is
sure independent variable or con- • casing in galvanised steel sheet standard. The aluminium single
stant air flow • Internal accoustic and thermal blade damper has lubricant-free
• all controls are mounted externally or gassfibre insulation, coated to pre- bearings.
easy access vent erosion
• motor: Belimo Compact LMV-D2 MP • air flow control damper in extruded Type BT . . . B5
power supply: 24 VAC/DC aluminium with keyed shaft; internal Size … mm
- control signal 0-10 VDC/2-10 VDC pivot points have lubricant-free
- integrated regulator bearings
- min.and max. air flow rates (VAV) to • differential pressure sensor in alu-
Accessories
indicate by order; on site adjust- minium; connection sensor-control- Water coils:
ment possible ler by plastic tubes • made out of copper tubes and
aluminium fins - fin pitch = 3,2 mm
• mounted in a galvanised frame,
with flanges, and can be bolted
on the VAV box outlet; this way
the coils are easy to remove with-
out damaging the VAV box
How to order • the coils have standard female
screw-thread.
VAV-box for supply, size 160 mm, left hand side construction, without • coils are available with 2 or 3 rows
reheating coil. and designed for hot water up to
115°C at a working pressure of 16
1) VAV terminal unit: bar and tested to a pressure of 30
bar at 20°C
B T L 0 0 B 5 0 1 6 0 - - - - • coils are always delivered sepa-
rately, not mounted
size
Silencers:
Control Belimo LMV-D2 MP • to reduce the noise on the low
pressure side, a secondary silen-
0: without water coils cer can be added to the VAV
2: 2 rows box
3: 3 rows • this silencer is made out of gal-
0: - vanised steel sheet with internal
W: hot water acoustic insulation. Complete
E: electric with flanges for bolting on to VAV
box and ductwork from the VAV
L: left hand side construction box.
R: right hand side construction
Fixing
T: supply • for easy connection to low veloc-
A: return ity ductwork, rectangular outlets
are fitted with 25 mm flange
• equipped with 4 mounting straps
• controls can be mounted on the
right or left side of the box, posi-
tion to be confirmed at time of
order
U F B - - - - 0 1 6 0 - - - -
Secondary silencers
Nom. E B H b h L
125 255 200 200 220 220 1000
160 255 250 200 270 220 1000 VAV- SILENCER
200 255 400 200 420 220 1000
250 355 400 300 420 320 1500 BOX
315 355 600 300 620 320 1500
355 410 605 355 625 375 1500
400 455 650 400 670 420 1500
dB/Okt.
Size 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
125
160 -3 -7 -12 -15 -20 -20 -15
200
250
315 -4 -12 -20 -25 -23 -22 -15
355
400
All dimensions in mm
Water coils
3RR : 250.315.355
3RR : 160
3RR : 200
3RR : 125
0,033
Data:
- qv = 600 m3/h in VAV terminal unit size
160 mm
- air temperature in (tLi) 18°C
- average water temperature (twg): 60°C
- requested air temperature differential:
∆ 14°K.
Solution:
- Air velocity through coil: 3,5 m/s
- the intersection of the 2 lines in the
2-rowed coil area (2R)
- Waterflow qv (l/s) x ∆ t (air)
(mass) mw (kg/s) = —————————3
t (water) x 3,5 x 10
167 x 14
= —————— = 0,033
20 x 3,5 x 103
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1200 0,333 45 37 29 23 16 15 < 18 48 41 32 25 20 20 18 22
6
1800 0,500 45 38 31 25 19 15 18 20 48 42 33 27 23 20 21 24
315 2400 0,667 48 41 34 27 22 20 19 24 51 45 37 30 27 24 23 28
3000 0,833 52 46 36 30 25 18 18 28 54 48 42 34 30 28 29 31
3600 1,000 55 49 40 34 28 21 21 31 57 51 46 37 34 32 31 33
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1500 0,417 45 38 29 24 19 17 15 20 48 42 32 26 23 22 20 24
2000 0,556 49 37 28 25 20 17 15 23 52 43 33 27 25 23 21 26
355 2600 0,722 52 40 31 26 22 20 19 27 55 44 33 28 26 25 25 30
3600 1,000 55 43 33 29 25 22 21 30 57 48 36 32 30 27 27 32
4500 1,250 57 50 38 34 29 20 20 33 59 53 40 36 34 30 29 36
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
2600 0,722 47 36 26 24 20 17 < 21 50 41 32 26 24 23 22 23
400 3600 1,000 53 41 32 26 23 20 20 27 56 46 34 29 26 25 25 31
4500 1,250 54 44 34 30 25 23 22 28 57 48 37 32 29 27 27 32
6000 1,667 57 51 38 35 31 24 23 34 60 54 40 37 35 30 30 37
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1200 0,333 52 45 35 31 27 26 25 27 54 47 37 34 29 28 27 30
1800 0,500 53 46 38 31 28 28 30 29 56 50 41 36 32 32 34 33
315 2400 0,667 56 50 42 36 33 31 30 33 58 52 45 39 35 34 34 35
3000 0,833 59 54 47 39 36 34 33 37 61 56 49 42 38 37 36 39
3600 1,000 62 57 50 40 39 37 37 40 64 60 51 44 41 39 39 43
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1500 0,417 55 48 36 31 29 30 28 30 58 51 38 33 32 31 30 33
2000 0,556 49 37 28 25 20 17 15 23 52 43 33 27 25 23 21 26
355 2600 0,722 61 52 40 34 30 29 28 35 63 54 44 37 32 31 30 38
3600 1,000 62 55 44 38 34 30 29 38 64 58 48 40 36 32 32 41
4500 1,250 66 60 51 43 40 37 38 44 67 61 54 45 42 38 40 45
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
2600 0,722 57 49 38 31 29 28 27 32 58 52 40 33 30 29 28 33
400 3600 1,000 62 53 40 35 32 28 27 37 63 55 44 37 32 29 28 39
4500 1,250 63 53 44 39 33 29 29 38 64 58 47 40 35 32 32 40
6000 1,667 65 59 50 43 40 36 36 42 67 60 51 44 42 37 37 43
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1200 0,333 45 38 31 28 22 19 17 20 48 42 34 30 25 22 28 24
1800 0,500 47 40 33 30 25 22 21 22 48 43 35 32 28 22 21 26
315 2400 0,667 49 45 36 33 29 26 23 26 51 46 39 35 33 26 23 28
3000 0,833 52 48 39 35 31 27 26 30 54 49 44 39 35 30 28 32
3600 1,000 55 50 42 39 34 30 28 32 57 52 48 42 39 34 31 36
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1500 0,417 46 37 32 27 22 19 19 20 47 40 33 28 26 22 20 22
2000 0,556 50 39 34 29 24 22 20 23 51 41 35 30 28 24 22 26
355 2600 0,722 53 41 34 30 29 25 22 26 54 43 35 31 29 26 24 28
3600 1,000 54 46 37 34 31 26 24 28 56 47 38 35 33 28 26 31
4500 1,250 57 51 40 38 34 30 27 33 58 52 42 39 36 31 28 35
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
2600 0,722 48 35 29 27 24 20 18 22 49 39 33 28 27 23 22 23
400 3600 1,000 54 43 35 29 28 25 24 28 55 44 35 31 29 26 24 29
4500 1,250 53 47 37 34 30 27 25 29 56 47 39 35 32 28 26 31
6000 1,667 57 52 42 39 36 32 29 35 59 53 42 40 37 31 28 36
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1200 0,333 52 46 37 36 32 28 25 27 53 47 39 38 35 31 30 30
1800 0,500 43 47 40 36 33 30 30 29 56 50 43 40 38 34 33 33
315 2400 0,667 56 51 44 41 35 33 30 34 60 56 47 46 42 37 35 37
3000 0,833 59 55 49 44 41 35 33 38 62 58 51 47 43 39 37 39
3600 1,000 62 58 52 45 44 39 37 41 64 60 53 48 46 41 39 43
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
1500 0,417 54 47 37 33 31 29 25 29 56 49 41 35 32 30 27 31
2000 0,556 57 49 40 35 32 30 26 32 59 52 45 37 34 32 28 34
355 2600 0,722 60 52 42 37 33 30 27 36 61 54 49 40 36 32 28 37
3600 1,000 61 55 46 41 34 31 28 38 62 57 52 44 39 34 32 40
4500 1,250 63 58 51 45 42 36 34 41 64 59 54 47 43 37 36 42
m3/h m3/s 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NR
2600 0,722 57 48 40 33 31 27 24 32 56 50 43 35 32 30 25 33
400 3600 1,000 62 52 42 38 34 27 25 37 61 54 47 40 35 28 26 37
4500 1,250 63 52 46 42 34 30 28 38 62 57 50 44 38 34 34 40
6000 1,667 64 58 52 45 42 35 32 41 64 58 51 46 43 42 38 41
Measurement of insertion loss Measurement of radiated noise Measurement of air generated noise
Insertion loss
dB/Okt.
Size 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz
125
160 18 26 37 42 39 32 23
200
250
315 24 30 45 46 43 39 33
355
400
400
50 50
-+
ØD
NMV-D2 GD
D
Application
88 14 125
The circular terminal boxes BR are
designed for single duct high
velocity constant or variable flow
rate applications and can be used
both in supply (BRT) and exhaust air
(BRA). The air flow rate control is
Regenerated noise = air generated noise + casing pressure independent and achie-
radiated noise ved by a precision engineered
damper which modulates in res-
Pressure loss dPs (Pa) ponse to a differential pressure sen-
Size (mm) Air flow sor and a motorised electronic
velocity control device.
(m3/h) 100 Pa 250 Pa 500 Pa
Direct communication is possible
between the VAV boxes and the
100 150 35 43 49 central control area.
200 38 46 52 The volume control and the com-
300 42 50 56 plete shut-off of the VAV box are
obtained by the same damper.
125 200 34 43 50 Taking into account the reduced
300 40 46 52 pressure loss in the damper, the
6
400 43 51 54 boxes need a minimum of inlet
pressure which results in remarkable
160 300 35 44 49 savings in the total energy require-
500 41 46 53 ments.
700 46 51 56
How to order
VAV-box for supply, size 160 mm
B R T 0 0 B 5 0 1 6 0 - - - -
size
T: supply
A: exhaust
JET DIFFUSERS
JD
Installation dimensions
JD110
Application
The jet diffusers, type JD, are espe-
cially developed for large and high
areas such as concert halls, the-
JD120 aters, galleries, airports, shopping
centres, industrial plants etc.
Through their aerodynamic design
they ensure a reduced noise level
and even a long throw at high out-
let velocities. In all versions, the jet is
adjustable over 360°.
As these jet diffusers handle differ-
ent supply air temperatures, the jet
can be oriented upwards or down-
wards (heating or cooling mode).
Orientation manually or with servo-
motor.
Technical information
Characteristics
JD130
• adjustable over 60°
(cooling - heating)
•
•
•
•
rotates through 360°
high induction level
low noise level
available with 2 or 3 jet diffusers
7
integrated into one panel
ØN ØA ØB C D E ØF G H J K (JD210 & JD310)
• panel includes type JD110 jet dif-
160 85 248 120 51 225 200 101 110 110 196
200 110 296 150 66 270 245 116 125 140 238 fusers
250 140 363 190 81 320 295 131 140 180 288 • motorised construction available
315 175 448 255 90 390 360 155 165 245 355
400 220 600 290 120 570 450 190 200 280 440
All dimensions in mm
Jet diffuser for wall or duct mounting - JD110: wall fixing with screws
flat mounting flange and adjustable directly on duct
jet.
Special scaling between sphere and
box. Aerodynamic design for a re-
duced noise level.
The diffuser is painted white (RAL 9010).
Type: JD110
Size … mm
60°
ØC
A B
J D 1 1 0 - - 0 2 5 0 - - - -
size
- : without motor
B3: Belimo motor LM24A-SR
JET DIFFUSERS
JD210 • JD310
Installation dimensions
JD210
JD310
Size L1 L2 H A B C D E F G
160 700 1050 350 335 350 320 340 36 134 170
200 800 1200 400 385 400 370 390 51 164 215
250 900 1350 450 435 450 420 440 66 204 270
315 1040 1560 520 510 520 490 510 76 269 345
400 1250 1875 625 610 625 595 615 106 304 410
All dimensions in mm
PLENUM BOX
DP100S • DP100T
Installation dimensions
DP100S DP100T
Ø D2
T
H1
H2
Nom.
Nom. + 26
Nom. + 26
45
Ø D1
Application
The plenum box DP100 is used for instal-
lation with square or rectangular dif-
fusers and grilles. Both fixed mounting
Nom. and central screw fixing possible. For an
even air pattern through the diffuser,
the plenum can be equipped with a
perforated diffusor plate. Flow control is
DP120S DP120T possible because of a perforated
Nom. size
Nom. size
damper in the inlet spigot of the
Ø D2
plenum.
The plenum can be delivered with side
Ø D1
Technical information
Characteristics
8
(only side entry)
S: side entry Construction
T: top entry
0: without damper Galvanised steel sheet with PVC
1: with damper in inlet spigot inlet spigot 80, 125, 160, 200 and
0: without perforated diffusor plate 250 mm
1: with perforated sheet (only S)
2: without perforated sheet, with mounting support
for central screw fixing (only S)
3: with perforated sheet, with mounting support for
central screw fixing (only S)
Square plenum box with side or top entry Rectangular plenum box with side entry
Application
The plenum DP150S with or without
damper in the inlet spigot is used for
mounting on diffuser CE100/DE100.
The plenum is optional insulation.
Technical information
Size A B ØC ØD E Characteristics
160 349 185 160 123 200
• circular side entry
200 399 220 200 158 218
• perforated damper possible in the
250 474 260 250 198 238 inlet spigot
315 524 310 315 248 263 • plenum can be internally insulated
355 524 310 355 248 263
400 624 375 400 313 296
450 724 415 450 353 316 Construction
500 824 460 500 398 338
630 1024 560 630 498 388 provided with mounting eyes (ø 7
mm), mounting straps available
All dimensions in mm upon request, galvanised steel sheet
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 020
INTERNATIONAL
How to order
DP150 with side entry and damper, insulated, for DE100 size 250 mm.
D P 1 5 1 S G 0 2 5 0 0 0 0 0
S: side entry
0: without damper
1: with damper in inlet spigot
DAMPER
KF100
Installation dimensions
KF100
100
H + 80
H
Application
The damper, type KF100, is used for
airconditioning installations and
units such as damper and/or stop
L
valve. The duct damper can be
L + 80
equipped with a manual or mo-
torised control system to adjust the
120
optimum air flow.
Technical information
KF150
Characteristics
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 029
INTERNATIONAL
Type: KF100H
Nom. dim. (L x H) … x … mm
How to order
KF100 with opposed blades; regulation quadrant with operating handle, dimen-
sions 500 x 500 mm.
K F 1 0 0 H - 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0
L H
- : without control
H: with operating lever
B: motorised control (type depending on size
of damper)
DAMPER
KO100
Installation dimensions
KO100
100
H + 80
H
Application
The damper, type K0100, is used for air-
conditioning installations and units as
damper and/or stop valve.
L
The duct damper can be equipped
with a manual or motorised control to
L + 80
adjust the optimum air flow.
120
Technical information
Characteristics
KO150
• blade shafts in natural polyamide
bearings
• steel linkage
• opposed and parallel blades; on 100
or 150 mm to centre
• all controls mounted out of the air-
flow
• manual control: regulation
quadrant with operating lever
H + 80
- 24 V of 220 V
- type dependent on damper di-
mensions
- optional spring return
- open/close or modulating
L
- optional auxiliary switch
• not hermetic construction:
L + 80
L ≤ 1250 mm: blades in one piece
180
L > 1250 mm: 1 (or more) mullion
• hermetic construction:
L< 1000 mm: blades in one piece
All dimensions in mm L ≥ 1000 mm: 1 (or more) mullion
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 030
INTERNATIONAL
How to order
KO100 with opposed blades; regulation quadrant with operating lever and
reading, dimensions 800 x 610 mm.
K O 1 0 1 G S 0 8 0 0 0 6 1 0
L H
G: with contraring turning blades
P: with parallel turning blades
0: without control
1: quadrant with operating lever and reading
2: motorised control
4: mounting sheet for motor
10: blades on100 mm to centre
15: blades on150 mm to centre
DAMPER
K-100
Motor torque
KO100 • KF100 KM100
A: Recommended
working area
B: Accidental wor-
king area
0° = open
Leakage
KM100
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 031
INTERNATIONAL
VF045
Nom + 10
36
4,5 x 9
45
Nom + 20
Nom + 40
Nom + 42
Nom.
Application
Damper can be used as exhaust
damper for cooker hood, exhaust
36
20 Nom + 42
Technical information
Characteristics
Construction
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 049
INTERNATIONAL
Type: VF045
nom. dim. (L x H) ... x ... mm
How to order
VF045, dimension 170 x 170 mm
V F 0 4 5 - F 0 1 7 0 0 1 7 0
L H
F: screw fixing
VF750 NU750
Application
The positive (V-) and negative (N-)
dampers for mounting in the wall or
between two ducts are used as
automatic operating dampers of
air diffusers in airconditioning instal-
lations to prevent undesirable air
flows.
Technical information
Characteristics
All dimensions in mm
• blades with acoustic joint for re-
turn
Pressure loss • smoothly rotating nylon bushing
blades
• over rotation of blades is prevent-
ed by a stop
• distance blades = 75 mm
• max. deflection of the blades
(completely open) = 70 mm
• available in steps of 25 mm, as
well in length as in height
min L = 200 mm, max L = 1800 mm
= Recommended air min H = 200 mm, max H = 1800
velocities mm
• nom. L ≤ 625: no partition
∆ pt = Total pressure loss in Pa
650 m nom. L ≤ 1225: 1 partition
vf = Air velocity in the duct 1250 m nom. L ≤ 1800: 2 partitions
(m/s)
Construction
• NF750/VF750:
extruded aluminium frame, natur-
8
al tone anodised; blades in alu-
minium sheet
• NU750/VU750: galvanised steel
sheet U-frame; aluminium sheet
blades
How to order
NF750, dimension 500 x 500 mm
N F 7 5 0 - - 0 5 0 0 0 5 0 0
L H
F: 25 mm frame with screw holes
U: damper mounted in U-frame
V: positive pressure
N: negative pressure
VALVES
V-061
Installation dimensions
VA061
øA
46
C
øB
VT061
øA
Application
The V-060 valves are used for air
exhaust and/or supply in ventilation-
systems. They can be mounted in a
wall, a ceiling or beneath exposed air
46
øB
8
C 10 10 10 12
All dimensions in mm
How to order
VA061 with mounting ring, size 200 mm
Valve
V A 0 6 1 - - 0 2 0 0 - - - -
size
A: exhaust: steel
T: exhaust and supply: steel
VALVES
VA061
Selection diagram - exhaust
D-
D+
Size 100 mm Size 125 mm
∆ Pt ∆ Pt
D=-14 (mm) -12 -9 -5 0 5
300 D=-15 (mm) -12 -9 -6 -3 0
300
250 250
5
200 200
150 150
NR4
NR40
100 100
90 90
80 NR35 NR35
80
70 70
60 60 NR30
NR30
50 50 NR25
40 NR25 40
NR20
30 30
NR20 NR15
20 20
15 15
10 10
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
qv (m3/s)
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/h) qv (m3/h)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
200 200 10
NR4 NR40
0
150 150
NR3 NR35
20
100 100
90 NR30
90 NR3 6
80 80
70 70 NR25
NR25 60
60
50 50 NR20
NR20
40 40
8
30 30
20 20
15 15
10 10
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
0.15
0.2
qv (m3/s)
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/h) qv (m3/h)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
VALVES
VT061
Selection diagram - supply
min.D
max.D
Size 100 mm Size 125 mm
∆ Pt ∆ Pt
200 200
NR40
150 NR40 150
NR3
NR35
100 100
90 90 NR3
80 80
NR30
70 70
60 NR2
60 NR2
50 50
NR2
40 NR2 40
30 30
20 20
15 15
10 10
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
qv (m3/s)
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/h) qv (m3/h)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
150 150
NR4
100 100
90 NR4
NR35 90
80 80
70 NR3
70
60 NR3 60
50 NR3
50
NR2
40 40 NR2
NR20
30 30
NR2
20 20
15 15
10 10
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.02
0.03
0.003
0.01
qv (m3/s)
0.008
0.006
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
0.15
0.2
qv (m3/s)
qv (m3/h) qv (m3/h)
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
150
200
250
300
400
500
600
700
IRIS
DUCT DAMPER
Installation dimensions
Application
The duct damper IRIS has been
especially designed for easy mea-
suring and adjusting of air flows in
circular ducts. These dampers can
be used both for supply and ex-
haust. Each IRIS damper is equip-
ped with 2 manometer connections
for measuring the pressure loss/air
Size Ød ØD C L
volume.
80 79 125 50 110 With the measured pressure differ-
100 99 163 54 124 ence ∆ p, the desired air flow can
125 124 210 63 124 be read and adjusted using the dia-
150 149 230 54 124 gram. Adjustment by a handle.
160 159 230 60 124 Once adjusted it can be locked.
200 199 285 62 149
250 249 333 62 181 Technical information
300 299 405 65 181
315 314 406 63 181 Characteristics
400 399 560 70 217
500 499 644 60 217 • 2 manometer connections Ø 5
630 629 811 60 217 mm with protecting caps
800 799 1015 70 270 • measuring precision ± 5-8 %
(mounted following instructions)
All dimensions in mm • both ends provided with rubber
sealing gaskets
• synthetic adjustment button with
graduation and locking system
• Available in 13 sizes: 80, 100, 125,
150, 160, 200, 250, 300, 315, 400,
500, 630 and 800 mm
Construction
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 100
INTERNATIONAL
Type: IRIS
Size … mm
How to order
IRIS duct damper, size 100 mm
I R I S - - - 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
size
IRIS
DUCT DAMPER
Pressure loss
qv qv
qv
qv
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 110
INTERNATIONAL
qv qv
qv qv
qv qv
Composition:
(1) body
(2) seal
(3) controller
Application
The RD flow controller is fitted in the
air duct to ensure a constant air
flow at a pressure between 50 and
200 Pa.
The controller is used for ventilation
and air-conditioning, for exhaust
and supply of air.
8
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 8 120
INTERNATIONAL
3xD 1xD
How to order
Automatic flow control valve, size 100 mm, for an air flow of 60 m3/h.
H N D R D 0 1 0 0 0 0 6 0
size air flow
Qv 250
150 m3/h
150
120 m3/h
100 m3/h
90 m3/h
100
75 m3/h
60 m3/h
45 m3/h
50
30 m3/h
15 m3/h
- Caution: the values indicated are average values that can vary by ±5%
Airflow Lw (NR)
(m3/h) 50 Pa 100 Pa 150 Pa 200 Pa
15 20 24 27 30
30 21 26 30 33
45 22 28 31 34
60 27 32 34 37
75 27 32 35 37
90 27 33 36 39
100 27 33 36 39
8
120 25 29 34 37
150 28 32 36 40
180 29 35 39 42
Selection diagram
Variations of the air flow depending on the pressure difference Pre-installed airflow is valid for all
diameters within selection table nr. 2
Qv
650 600 m3/h
550
500 m3/h
500
450 m3/h
Air flow (m3/h)
450
400 m3/h
400
350 m3/h
350
300 m3/h
240 m3/h
250
210 m3/h
200
Caution: the values indicated are average values that can vary by ±5%
70
ø 80 - ø 250
SIZE
Application
L2 L1 L2
The round mechanical constant vol-
L3 ume controller, type RVC, is suitable for
both supply and exhaust of air in both
high and low pressure systems.
The controller keeps the air quantity
constant (CAV) without auxiliary power
and independent of the static initial
pressure.
110
Technical information
ø 315 - ø 400
SIZE
Characteristics:
8
125 100 280 170 40 250
140 140 400 170 40 250 Construction:
160 180 500 240 40 320
- T-housing: smooth round tube
200 250 900 240 40 320 made of galvanized steel sheet,
250 500 1500 240 40 320 laser-welded. With a plug and
315 800 3000 220 60 340 socket connection with rolled
400 1000 4500 295 60 415 rubber sealing ring on both
ends.
Type: RVC
size... mm
How to order
Round Volume flow Controller diameter 200 mm, for an airflow of 500 m3/h
R V C - - - - 0 2 0 0 0 5 0 0
size airflow
200
Pressure difference in Pa
150
100
50
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Air velocity (m/s)
4000
8000
1000
2000
8000
1000
8000
4000
2000
4000
1000
500
125
250
250
500
250
125
125
500
63
63
63
80 40 37 37 35 33 33 33 28 27 38 39 42 43 44 44 46 41 41 50 46 49 49 50 51 53 48 48 57
82 49 47 44 41 39 39 33 32 45 51 51 50 49 48 49 44 44 54 58 58 56 55 55 56 51 51 61
125 52 51 48 45 44 44 38 37 49 61 60 57 54 53 53 47 46 58 68 66 63 61 59 59 53 52 65
100 70 40 39 38 36 35 36 30 29 41 43 45 46 46 47 49 44 43 53 49 52 52 53 54 55 50 50 60
135 50 48 45 42 41 40 34 33 46 59 57 54 51 50 49 43 42 55 60 60 58 57 57 58 53 52 63
200 54 52 49 47 45 45 39 38 51 63 61 58 55 54 54 48 47 59 70 68 65 62 61 60 54 53 66
125 100 41 40 38 36 35 36 30 29 41 45 47 47 48 48 49 44 43 54 52 54 54 54 55 56 50 49 60
190 51 49 46 42 41 40 34 32 46 55 54 53 51 51 51 46 45 56 61 61 59 58 57 58 52 52 63
280 54 53 50 47 45 45 39 37 50 63 61 58 55 54 53 47 46 59 64 64 62 61 61 62 57 56 67
140 140 43 42 40 38 37 37 31 30 42 47 49 49 49 50 51 46 45 55 53 56 56 56 56 58 52 51 62
270 53 51 47 44 43 42 36 34 48 61 59 56 53 51 51 44 43 57 63 63 61 60 59 60 54 54 65
400 56 55 52 49 47 47 41 39 52 65 63 60 57 56 55 49 48 61 72 70 67 64 62 62 56 55 68
160 180 44 43 41 39 38 38 32 31 43 48 50 50 50 50 51 46 45 56 55 57 57 57 57 58 53 51 63
340 53 51 48 44 43 42 36 34 48 62 60 56 53 51 51 44 43 57 64 64 62 60 60 60 55 54 65
500 57 55 52 49 47 47 40 39 52 66 64 61 58 56 55 49 48 61 72 70 67 64 62 62 56 54 68
200 250 45 43 41 39 38 37 31 30 43 51 52 52 51 51 51 45 44 56 57 59 58 58 57 58 52 50 63
575 55 53 50 46 44 44 37 36 50 64 62 58 55 53 53 46 45 59 66 66 64 62 62 62 56 56 67
900 - - - - - - - - - 68 66 63 60 58 58 52 50 64 75 73 70 67 65 65 58 57 70
250 500 48 47 45 43 41 41 35 34 47 54 56 55 55 54 55 49 48 60 61 62 62 61 61 62 56 54 66
1000 57 55 52 49 47 46 39 38 52 66 64 61 57 55 55 48 47 61 69 68 67 65 64 64 59 58 69
1500 - - - - - - - - - 70 68 65 62 60 60 53 52 65 77 75 72 68 67 66 60 58 72
315 600 48 46 44 41 39 39 32 31 44 55 56 55 54 53 53 46 44 58 62 63 62 61 60 59 53 51 65
8
1400 57 55 52 48 46 45 39 37 51 66 64 60 57 55 54 47 46 60 70 69 67 65 64 64 58 57 69
2200 - - - - - - - - - 71 69 65 62 60 59 53 51 65 77 75 72 69 67 66 60 58 72
400 1000 50 48 45 42 41 40 33 31 46 58 59 57 56 55 54 47 45 59 65 65 64 62 61 61 54 51 66
2200 58 56 52 49 47 46 39 37 52 67 65 61 57 55 54 48 46 61 72 71 68 66 65 65 59 57 70
3800 - - - - - - - - - 73 71 67 64 62 61 55 53 67 79 77 74 70 68 68 61 60 74
Table nr. 2: Correction data for calculation of the radiating noise of a pipe 6 m
length with built-in volume flow controller
2000 Hz
4000 Hz
4000 Hz
8000 Hz
1000 Hz
2000 Hz
4000 Hz
8000 Hz
2000 Hz
1000 Hz
1000 Hz
8000 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
125 Hz
250 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
500 Hz
125 Hz
125 Hz
63 Hz
63 Hz
63 Hz
80 36 33 32 23 17 12 11 11 39 35 39 35 32 33 34 29 42 37 45 46 47 54 56 47
100 34 32 30 22 16 12 11 10 38 35 38 34 31 33 34 28 41 38 46 45 47 54 57 47
125 29 29 31 24 21 19 15 11 35 33 37 36 32 33 36 27 35 36 42 48 51 60 58 45
140 27 28 27 21 18 14 12 10 29 29 32 32 32 33 33 26 31 30 37 42 45 52 54 44
160 23 23 20 18 11 10 9 8 27 26 28 29 27 31 31 25 29 28 35 40 44 51 54 44
200 22 19 16 16 15 11 9 8 23 18 23 26 29 29 29 24 26 22 29 37 42 51 53 43
250 19 16 13 12 12 10 9 8 23 18 20 24 26 30 28 24 25 20 26 35 41 50 52 42
315 18 14 12 13 11 11 8 8 22 17 19 23 27 29 28 24 26 18 26 38 42 51 53 45
400 17 11 10 10 10 9 7 6 19 14 17 22 25 28 27 23 20 16 23 33 39 48 50 40
L B
Application
All dimensions in mm Adjustable self-regulating constant air
volume control damper in galvanized
steel.
B H L B H L To be used to regulate airflows at pres-
mm mm mm mm mm mm sures between 20 and 1000 Pa and
temperature ranges between -30°C
from to from to 200 100 220 and 100°C.
150 200 150 200 220 300 100 220 Big sizes will consist of double valves.
150 200 220 400 100 220 Desired air volume should always be
201 250 400 400 385
201 250 385 mentioned when ordering.
150 200 220 500 400 385
251 300 201 250 385 600 400 385 For air volume regulation in rectanglar
251 300 385 500 500 425 ventilation and air-conditioning sys-
150 200 220 600 500 425 tems
301 350 201 250 385 600 600 470
251 300 385
150 200 220 Material
351 400 201 250 385
251 300 385
• Galvanized steel housing
200 250 385
401 500
251 300 385
• Aluminium regulation blade whith
501 600 200 300 385
piston and spring
Colour
galvanized steel
Composition
• Rectangular housing made out of
How to order
Square Volume flow Controller, with length 100 mm and height 200 mm,
for an air volume of 500 m3/h.
S V C 0 5 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 2 0 0
Air Volume L H
Example:
Static pressure difference in Pa
300
Given: width 250 mm
250 height 200 mm
volume flow 810 m3/h
200 (= air velocity 4.5 m/s)
100 Solution:
∆p = 80 Pa
50
0
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Air velocity in m/s
8000 Hz
1000 Hz
4000 Hz
2000 Hz
8000 Hz
1000 Hz
4000 Hz
2000 Hz
8000 Hz
1000 Hz
4000 Hz
250 Hz
125 Hz
500 Hz
250 Hz
125 Hz
500 Hz
250 Hz
125 Hz
500 Hz
63 Hz
63 Hz
63 Hz
3 243 49 48 47 45 43 41 39 36 49 57 56 55 53 51 49 47 44 57 63 62 61 59 57 55 53 50 63
150 150 6 486 54 54 52 51 49 48 45 43 55 62 61 60 59 57 55 53 51 63 68 67 66 65 63 62 59 57 69
9 729 57 56 56 54 53 51 49 47 58 65 64 63 62 61 59 57 55 66 71 70 69 68 67 65 63 61 72
3 486 52 50 49 47 45 43 40 37 50 60 58 57 55 53 51 48 45 58 66 64 63 61 59 57 54 51 64
300 150 6 972 56 56 54 53 51 49 47 44 57 64 64 62 61 59 57 55 52 65 70 70 68 67 65 63 61 58 71
9 1458 59 59 58 56 55 53 51 48 60 67 66 66 64 63 61 59 56 68 73 73 72 70 69 67 65 62 74
3 432 52 50 49 47 45 43 40 37 50 60 58 57 55 53 51 48 45 58 66 64 63 61 59 59 57 54 64
200 200 6 864 56 56 54 53 51 49 47 44 57 64 64 62 61 59 57 55 52 65 70 70 68 67 65 63 61 58 71
9 1296 59 59 58 56 55 53 51 48 60 67 66 66 64 63 61 59 56 68 73 73 72 70 69 67 65 62 74
3 648 53 52 50 48 46 44 41 38 51 61 60 58 56 54 52 49 46 59 67 66 64 62 60 58 55 52 65
300 200 6 1296 58 57 56 54 52 50 48 45 58 66 65 64 62 60 58 56 53 66 72 71 70 68 66 64 62 59 72
9 1944 61 60 59 57 56 54 52 49 61 69 68 67 65 64 62 59 57 69 75 74 73 71 70 68 65 63 75
3 864 54 52 51 49 47 44 41 38 52 62 60 59 57 55 52 49 46 60 68 66 65 63 61 58 55 52 66
400 200 6 1728 59 58 56 55 53 51 48 45 58 67 66 64 63 61 59 56 53 66 73 72 70 69 67 65 62 59 72
9 2592 61 61 60 58 56 54 52 49 62 69 69 68 66 64 62 60 57 70 75 75 74 72 70 68 66 63 76
3 972 54 53 51 49 47 45 42 39 53 62 61 59 57 55 53 50 47 61 68 67 65 63 61 59 56 53 67
300 300 6 1944 60 58 57 56 54 51 49 46 59 67 66 65 63 62 59 57 54 67 74 72 71 69 68 65 63 60 73
9 2916 62 62 60 59 57 55 53 50 63 70 69 68 67 65 63 61 58 71 76 75 74 73 71 69 67 64 77
3 1458 56 54 53 50 48 46 43 39 54 64 62 60 58 56 53 51 47 62 70 68 67 64 62 59 57 53 68
450 300 6 2916 61 60 58 57 55 52 50 47 60 69 68 66 65 63 60 58 55 68 75 74 72 71 69 66 64 61 74
9 4374 64 63 62 60 58 56 54 51 64 72 71 70 68 66 64 62 59 72 78 77 76 74 72 70 68 65 78
3 1944 56 55 53 51 49 46 43 40 54 64 63 61 59 57 54 51 48 62 70 69 67 65 63 60 57 54 68
600 300 6 3888 62 60 59 57 55 53 50 47 61 70 68 67 65 63 61 58 55 69 76 74 73 71 69 67 64 61 75
9 5832 65 64 62 61 59 57 54 51 64 73 72 70 69 67 65 61 59 72 79 78 76 75 73 71 68 65 78
7000
Example:
5000 10 m/s Given: width 400 mm
height 200 mm
3000 duct cross section 0.08 m2
Volume flow (m3/h)
2000
Which volume flow is possible?
1000
3 m/s Solution:
V at 3 m/s = 865 m3/h
500 V at 10 m/s = 2880 m3/h
300
Air velocity between 3 m/s and 10 m/s
200
100
0,02 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,08 0,1 0,15 0,2
Duct cross section (m2)
Correction data for calculation of the radiating noise of a pipe 6 m length with
built-in volume flow controller
Duct without insulation Duct with 30 mm insulation shell
Height (mm)
Width (mm)
1000 Hz
8000 Hz
2000 Hz
1000 Hz
8000 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
250 Hz
500 Hz
125 Hz
125 Hz
63 Hz
63 Hz
150 150 0 2 2 3 4 6 7 8 0 4 6 11 14 17 17 17
300 150 0 4 5 6 8 9 11 11 0 6 9 14 18 20 21 20
200 200 0 2 2 3 4 6 7 8 0 4 6 11 14 17 17 17
300 200 0 4 5 6 8 9 11 11 0 6 9 14 18 20 21 20
400 200 0 4 5 6 8 9 11 11 0 6 9 14 18 20 21 20
300 300 0 3 4 5 6 8 9 11 0 5 8 13 16 19 19 20
450 300 0 4 4 6 7 9 10 12 0 6 8 14 17 20 20 21
600 300 0 4 4 6 7 9 10 12 0 6 8 14 17 20 20 21
Introduction
The closed active beam K-30 (300 mm
wide) is designed to provide sensible
cooling, ventilation and also heating if
necessary.
Standard active heat exchangers
lengths of 600, 900, 1200, 1500, 1800,
2100, 2400, 2700 and 2950 mm are of-
fered to suit many applications includ-
ing offices, hotels, retail shops, bank
halls, hospitals,...
Description
The K-30 closed active beam has a
nominal width of 300 mm and provides
a 2 way opposite horizontal air pat-
tern.
A choice of perforated steel faceplate
is possible, with either a circular Ø 4,1
mm (51 % open) or a square 6 mm
(44 % open) mesh. The standard colour
finish is RAL 9010, other RAL-colours
upon request. The beam is supplied in
standard modular total lengths of 600,
900, 1200, 1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700
and 2950 mm to suit the application.
Other special lengths are also avail-
able upon request. The overall height is
250 mm including the plenum box, al-
though inactive beams are 160 mm
and dummy beams are only 70 mm.
Plenum boxes are normally supplied
without internal lining with a Ø 125 mm
spigot, but can also optionally be sup-
plied with 6 mm melamine internal lin-
ing.
9
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 9 010
INTERNATIONAL
T-bar mounting
9
10 10
294 L
Surface mounting
274 L
9
10 25
294 L + 30
Recessed mounting
8
25
7 Min. 294 L + 30
heating
Left type
cooling
cooling
Right type
heating
How to order
Chilled beam unit, KT30BH 1500, 300 mm wide, L = 1494 mm, nominal length of the battery 1200 mm, suited
for T-bar mounting with heating and cooling, nozzle type B.
K T 3 0 B H R 1 4 9 4 1 2 0 0
L nom. length battery
R: cooling water pipes at the right
C: cooling only L: cooling water pipes at the left
H: heating and cooling
nozzle configuration B-C-D
0: perforated front ø 4,1 mm, 51 % open
1: square perforation 6 mm, 44 % open
2: perforated front ø 4,1 mm, 51 % open, plenum pressure measuring point behind face
3: square perforation 6 mm, 44 % open, plenum pressure measuring point behind face
T: T-bar mounting
Z: recessed mounting
S: surface mounting
70 250 30
ø123
250
234
160
9
10 175
294
T-Bar mounting
66 66
= =
23
ø1
40
4
250
160
175
25
32 32
50
107
107
250
294
80
80
1 1
1
ø123
Technical information
CLOSED ACTIVE BEAM
K-30
Cooling tables: length 600 mm
Primary Air Secondary capacity (W)
K-30 Primary capacity (W)
Volume ∆ T = Trm - Twi
Cooling ∆ Ta = Trm - T prim
qw = 120 l/h ∆ Pw = 3 kPa
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K 6K 7K 8K 9K 10K
4,1 15 130 <23 39 44 49 76 88 101 113 126
4,4 16 150 23 42 47 53 81 95 108 122 135
“B” nozzle 4,7 17 170 24 45 50 56 86 100 114 129 143
600 mm 5,0 18 190 25 47 53 59 91 106 121 136 151
5,2 19 210 27 50 56 62 94 109 125 140 156
5,7 21 250 29 54 61 68 101 118 134 151 168
6,6 24 130 <23 63 71 78 101 118 134 151 168
7,1 26 150 23 67 76 84 107 125 143 161 179
“C” nozzle 7,5 27 170 24 72 81 90 114 133 152 171 190
600 mm 8,0 29 190 25 76 85 95 119 139 158 178 198
8,4 30 210 27 80 90 100 124 145 166 186 207
9,2 33 250 29 87 98 109 135 158 180 203 225
8,2 29 130 <23 77 87 97 100 117 134 150 167
8,8 32 150 23 83 94 104 107 125 143 161 179
“D” nozzle 9,3 34 170 24 89 100 111 114 133 152 171 190
600 mm 9,9 35 190 25 94 105 117 119 139 158 178 198
10,4 37 210 27 98 111 123 124 145 166 186 207
11,3 41 250 29 107 121 134 134 157 179 202 224
9
19,9 72 250 29 189 213 237 220 257 294 330 367
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 1200 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 1800 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 2400 mm
Primary Air Primary capacity (W) Secondary capacity (W)
K-30
Cooling Volume ∆ Ta = Trm - T prim ∆ T = Trm - Twi
qw = 150 l/h ∆ Pw = 15 kPa
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K 6K 7K 8K 9K 10K
22,1 80 130 <23 210 236 262 352 410 469 527 586
23,7 85 150 23 226 254 282 373 435 498 560 622
“B” nozzle 25,3 91 170 24 240 270 300 393 459 524 590 655
2400 mm 26,7 96 190 25 254 286 317 407 475 542 610 678
28,1 101 210 27 267 300 334 424 494 565 635 706
30,6 110 250 29 291 328 364 449 524 599 674 749
34,6 124 130 <23 328 369 411 442 515 589 662 736
37,1 134 150 23 353 397 441 467 545 622 700 778
“C” nozzle 39,5 142 170 24 376 423 469 485 566 647 728 809
2400 mm 41,8 150 190 25 397 447 496 506 591 675 760 844
43,9 158 210 27 417 470 522 526 614 702 789 877
47,9 173 250 29 455 512 569 561 655 748 842 935
43,5 157 130 <23 413 465 517 448 522 597 671 746
46,7 168 150 23 444 499 555 473 552 630 709 788
“D” nozzle 49,7 179 170 24 473 532 591 492 574 656 738 820
2400 mm 52,6 189 190 25 500 562 625 513 599 684 770 855
55,3 199 210 27 525 591 657 533 622 710 799 888
60,3 217 250 29 573 645 716 563 657 750 844 938
Technical information
Cooling tables: 2950 mm
Primary Air Secondary capacity (W)
K-30 Primary capacity (W)
Volume ∆ T = Trm - Twi
Cooling ∆ Ta = Trm - T prim
qw = 155 l/h ∆ Pw = 20 kPa
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K 6K 7K 8K 9K 10K
28,0 101 130 <23 266 299 332 430 501 573 644 716
30,1 108 150 23 286 321 357 455 531 606 682 758
“B” nozzle 32,0 115 170 24 304 342 380 473 552 631 710 789
2950 mm 33,8 122 190 25 322 362 402 494 576 658 741 823
35,6 128 210 27 338 380 423 509 594 678 763 848
38,8 140 250 29 369 415 461 544 634 725 815 906
43,9 158 130 <23 417 469 521 535 624 714 803 892
47,1 170 150 23 448 504 560 565 659 753 847 941
“C” nozzle 50,2 181 170 24 477 536 596 586 683 781 878 976
2950 mm 53,0 191 190 25 504 567 630 610 712 814 915 1017
55,8 201 210 27 530 596 663 632 737 842 948 1053
60,8 219 250 29 578 651 723 666 777 888 999 1110
55,1 198 130 <23 524 590 655 541 631 722 812 902
59,2 213 150 23 563 633 704 566 660 754 849 943
“D” nozzle 63,1 227 170 24 599 674 749 592 691 790 888 987
2950 mm 66,7 240 190 25 634 713 792 616 719 822 924 1027
70,1 252 210 27 666 749 833 639 746 852 959 1065
76,5 275 250 29 727 818 908 673 785 898 1010 1122
qv (l/s and m3/h): Primary air volume supplied into the plenum
Lw (NR): Noise rate, based on sound power (Lw) without room attenuation or multiple
units
Primary capacity (W): Supply air cooling capacity in Watt (W)
∆ Ta: Temperature difference between the room air temperature and the supply air
temperature (K)
Technical information
Heating tables: length 600 mm
Technical information
Heating tables: length 1200 mm
Secondary capacity (W) Trm = 20°C
Primary capacity ∆ T = Twi - Trm ∆ a = Ton coil - Toff coil
K-30 (W)
Primary Air
Heating ∆ Ta = Tprim - Trm
Volume
qw = 120 l/h, ∆Pw = 2 kPa qw 60 l/h qw 40 l/h
l/s m3/h Ps (Pa) Lw (NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
10,3 37 130 <23 98 110 122 202 5 404 11 606 16 664 18 636 17
11,1 40 150 23 105 118 132 213 5 426 10 639 16 696 17 664 16
“B” nozzle 11,8 42 170 24 112 126 140 221 5 442 10 663 15 722 17 688 16
1200 mm 12,5 45 190 25 118 133 148 229 5 458 10 687 15 746 16 709 16
13,1 47 210 27 124 140 156 236 5 472 10 708 15 766 16 726 15
14,3 51 250 29 136 153 170 251 5 502 10 753 14 811 15 766 15
15,9 57 130 <23 151 170 189 243 5 486 10 729 14 786 16 745 15
17,1 62 150 23 163 183 203 255 5 510 9 765 14 822 15 776 14
18,2 66 170 24 173 195 216 260 4 520 9 780 13 838 14 789 14
“C” nozzle
1200 mm 19,2 69 190 25 183 206 229 274 4 548 9 822 13 877 14 823 13
20,2 73 210 27 192 216 240 281 4 562 9 843 13 898 14 841 13
22,1 79 250 29 210 236 262 298 4 596 8 894 13 948 13 884 13
20,2 73 130 <23 192 216 240 249 5 498 10 747 14 803 15 759 15
21,7 78 150 23 206 232 258 256 5 512 9 768 14 825 15 778 14
“D” nozzle 23,1 83 170 24 219 247 274 266 4 532 9 798 13 855 14 804 14
1200 mm 24,4 88 190 25 232 261 290 280 4 560 9 840 13 895 14 838 13
25,7 92 210 27 244 274 305 287 4 574 9 861 13 916 14 857 13
28,0 101 250 29 266 299 333 299 4 598 8 897 12 950 13 886 12
l/s m3/h Ps (Pa) Lw (NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
13,1 47 130 <23 125 140 156 252 5 505 10 757 16 814 17 769 16
14,1 51 150 23 134 151 167 265 5 530 10 795 15 852 16 801 15
“B” nozzle 15,0 54 170 24 142 160 178 276 5 552 10 828 15 883 16 829 15
1500 mm
15,8 57 190 25 151 169 188 286 5 572 10 858 15 911 16 852 15
16,7 60 210 27 158 178 198 293 5 587 10 880 15 934 15 872 14
18,2 65 250 29 173 194 216 312 5 624 9 936 14 987 15 917 14
20,4 73 130 <23 194 218 242 304 5 608 9 912 14 965 15 899 14
21,9 79 150 23 208 234 260 318 5 636 9 954 14 1006 14 933 13
“C” nozzle 23,3 84 170 24 222 249 277 331 4 662 9 993 13 1041 14 962 13
1500 mm 24,7 89 190 25 234 264 293 341 4 682 9 1023 13 1070 14 987 13
25,9 93 210 27 246 277 308 350 4 700 8 1050 13 1094 13 1007 12
28,3 102 250 29 269 302 336 371 4 742 8 1113 12 1152 13 1054 12
26,0 94 130 <23 247 278 309 312 5 624 9 936 14 988 15 918 14
27,9 101 150 23 266 299 332 321 4 642 9 963 13 1014 14 940 13
“D” nozzle 29,8 107 170 24 283 318 353 334 4 668 9 1002 13 1049 14 969 13
1500 mm 31,5 113 190 25 299 336 374 350 4 700 9 1050 13 1095 14 1007 12
33,1 119 210 27 314 354 393 359 4 718 8 1077 13 1120 13 1028 12
36,1 130 250 29 343 386 429 374 4 748 8 1122 12 1159 12 1060 11
Technical information
Heating tables: length 1800 mm
l/s m3/h Ps (Pa) Lw (NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
16,1 58 130 <23 153 172 191 303 5 606 10 909 15 961 16 895 15
17,2 62 150 23 164 184 205 318 5 636 10 954 15 1004 16 931 15
“B” nozzle 18,4 66 170 24 174 196 218 330 5 660 10 990 15 1040 15 961 14
1800 mm 19,4 70 190 25 184 207 231 341 5 682 10 1023 14 1071 15 987 14
20,4 73 210 27 194 218 242 351 5 702 9 1053 14 1097 15 1009 13
22,3 80 250 29 212 238 264 372 5 744 9 1116 14 1156 14 1058 13
25,1 90 130 <23 238 268 298 365 5 730 9 1095 14 1135 14 1041 13
26,9 97 150 23 256 288 320 381 4 762 9 1143 13 1180 14 1077 13
“C” nozzle 28,6 103 170 24 272 306 340 389 4 778 9 1167 13 1200 13 1094 12
1800 mm 30,3 109 190 25 288 324 360 408 4 816 8 1224 13 1252 13 1135 12
31,8 115 210 27 303 340 378 418 4 836 8 1254 12 1279 13 1157 11
34,7 125 250 29 330 371 413 442 4 884 8 1326 12 1343 12 1208 11
31,8 115 130 <23 302 340 378 372 5 744 9 1116 14 1156 14 1058 13
34,2 123 150 23 325 365 406 383 4 766 9 1149 13 1185 13 1081 12
“D” nozzle 36,4 131 170 24 346 389 433 398 4 796 9 1194 13 1225 13 1113 12
1800 mm 38,5 139 190 25 366 412 457 417 4 834 8 1251 13 1276 13 1155 12
40,5 146 210 27 385 433 481 427 4 854 8 1281 12 1304 13 1177 11
44,2 159 250 29 420 472 525 444 4 888 8 1332 12 1348 12 1212 11
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2400 mm
Primary capacity Secondary capacity (W) Trm = 20°C
(W) ∆ T = Twi - Trm ∆ a = Ton coil - Toff coil
K-30 Primary Air ∆ Ta = Tprim - Trm
Heating Volume
qw = 120 l/h, ∆Pw = 4 kPa qw 60 l/h qw 40 l/h
l/s m3/h Ps (Pa) Lw (NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
22,1 80 130 <23 210 236 262 400 5 800 10 1200 15 1232 15 1119 14
23,7 85 150 23 226 254 282 419 5 838 10 1257 14 1283 15 1160 13
“B” nozzle 435 5 870 9 1305 14 1325 14 1194 13
25,3 91 170 24 240 270 300
2400 mm
26,7 96 190 25 254 286 317 449 5 898 9 1347 14 1361 14 1223 12
28,1 101 210 27 267 300 334 461 4 922 9 1383 13 1393 14 1247 12
30,6 110 250 29 291 328 364 488 4 976 9 1464 13 1461 13 1301 12
34,6 124 130 <23 328 369 411 479 4 958 9 1437 13 1438 13 1283 12
37,1 134 150 23 353 397 441 500 4 1000 8 1500 13 1492 13 1324 11
“C” nozzle 39,5 142 170 24 376 423 469 509 4 1018 8 1527 12 1515 12 1342 11
2400 mm 397 447 496 533 4 1066 8 1599 12 1574 12 1387 10
41,8 150 190 25
43,9 158 210 27 417 470 522 546 4 1092 8 1638 12 1606 11 1411 10
47,9 173 250 29 455 512 569 575 4 1150 8 1725 11 1678 11 1465 10
43,5 157 130 <23 413 465 517 485 4 970 9 1455 13 1455 13 1296 12
46,7 168 150 23 444 499 555 499 4 998 8 1497 12 1488 12 1321 11
“D” nozzle 49,7 179 170 24 473 532 591 516 4 1032 8 1548 12 1533 12 1355 11
2400 mm 52,6 189 190 25 500 562 625 531 4 1062 8 1593 12 1570 12 1384 10
55,3 199 210 27 525 591 657 553 4 1106 8 1659 12 1623 11 1424 10
60,3 217 250 29 573 645 716 573 4 1146 7 1719 11 1672 11 1461 9
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2950 mm
l/s m3/h Ps (Pa) Lw (NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
28,0 101 130 <23 266 299 332 488 5 976 9 1464 14 1463 14 1302 13
30,1 108 150 23 286 321 357 511 5 1022 9 1533 14 1519 14 1345 12
“B” nozzle 32,0 115 170 24 529 5 1058 9 1587 14 1566 13 1381 12
304 342 380
2950 mm
33,8 122 190 25 322 362 402 546 4 1092 9 1638 13 1606 13 1411 11
35,6 128 210 27 338 380 423 559 4 1118 9 1677 13 1640 13 1437 11
38,8 140 250 29 369 415 461 581 4 1162 8 1743 12 1693 12 1477 10
43,9 158 130 <23 417 469 521 581 4 1162 8 1743 12 1692 12 1476 11
47,1 170 150 23 448 504 560 596 4 1192 8 1788 12 1728 12 1503 10
“C” nozzle 50,2 181 170 24 477 536 596 616 4 1232 8 1848 12 1776 11 1538 10
2950 mm 53,0 191 190 25 504 567 630 633 4 1266 7 1899 11 1816 11 1567 9
55,8 201 210 27 530 596 663 658 4 1316 7 1974 11 1873 11 1608 9
60,8 219 250 29 578 651 723 681 4 1362 7 2043 11 1925 10 1646 9
55,1 198 130 <23 524 590 655 579 4 1158 8 1737 12 1687 12 1472 10
59,2 213 150 23 563 633 704 603 4 1206 8 1809 12 1745 11 1515 10
“D” nozzle
63,1 227 170 24 599 674 749 623 4 1246 8 1869 12 1793 11 1550 10
2950 mm
66,7 240 190 25 634 713 792 640 4 1280 7 1920 11 1833 11 1579 9
70,1 252 210 27 666 749 833 655 4 1310 7 1965 11 1866 10 1603 9
76,5 275 250 29 727 818 908 688 4 1376 7 2064 11 1943 10 1658 8
qv (l/s and m3/h): Primary air volume supplied into the plenum
Ps(Pa: Static plenum pressure in Pascal
Note: - Due to the low velocity at the 125 mm inlet, the inlet static pressure is
practically equal to the plenum static pressure
- Minimum primary air plenum pressure is 50 Pa
Lw(NR): Noise rate, based on sound power (Lw) without room attenuation or multiple units
Primary capacity (W): Supply air heating capacity in Watt (W)
∆ Ta: Temperature difference between the room air temperature and the supply air
temperature (K)
Trm: Room air temperature (°C)
Tprim: Supply air temperature (°C)
Secondary capacity (W): Water heating capacity in Watt (W)
∆ T: Temperature difference between room air temperature and inlet water
temperature (K)
Twi: Inlet water temperature (°C)
∆ a: Temperature difference between the secondary (induced) air temperature after
coil and the secondary (induced) air temperature on the coil (K)
Toff coil: Secondary (induced) air temperature after coil
Ton coil: Secondary (induced) air temperature on coil (Trm)
qw: Waterflow (l/h)
∆ Pw: Water pressure loss (Pa)
Example:
Water pressure loss in kPa (Cooling) 2700
3000 2400 Given:
20,00 beam active length 1500 mm
2100
cooling
18,00
1800 Solution:
16,00 - ∆ Pw at 115 l/h is 6 kPa
- ∆ Pw at 135 l/h is 8 kPa
14,00 1500
Water pressure (kPa)
12,00 1200
10,00
900
8,00
600
6,00
4,00
2,00
0,00
50 70 90 110 130 150 170
Waterflow (l/h)
Water flow rate should be turbulent to ensure effective heat transfer.
Minimum recommended flow is 80 l/h.
Example:
Water pressure loss in kPa (Heating)
Given:
beam active length 1500 mm
14,00 heating
Solution:
12,00 - ∆ Pw at 100 l/h is 2 kPa
3000
- ∆ Pw at 160 l/h is 5 kPa
2700
Water pressure (kPa)
10,00
2400
2100
8,00
1800
6,00
1500
1200
900
4,00
600
2,00
0,00
50 70 90 110 130 150 170
Waterflow (l/h)
NOTE:
Example:
Sound power without room attenuation
Given:
- beam active length 1500 mm
dB(A) - 65 m3/h
- B-nozzle
32,0 NR
Solution:
- look up the performance
Sound Power Level Lw
30,0
guide (cooling or heating) for
this beam length and type of
nozzle
28,0 - 65 m3/h = 250 Pa
- 250 Pa = 30 dB(A) or NR29
26,0
24,0
22,0
100 150 200 250 300
NOTE:
• The difference between the NR and the dB(A) value is more or less 1.
This is because the acoustic spectrum contains much high frequency noise and less low frequency noise.
• Sound power for all models is without allowance for room attenuation or multiple units.
Table no 1: conversion factor for primary air volume of different nominal Room air movement diagrams
beam lengths to primary air per meter used in the graphs.
These are average velocities for undis-
Nom. length (mm) 600 900 1200 1500 1800 rupted air flow, cooling.
Actual measured values at ∆ Ta = 8K
K-30B 2,000 1,25 0,909 0,714 0,588 were within the limits shown.
K-30C 1,800 1,125 0,818 0,643 0,529
K-30D 1,550 0,969 0,705 0,554 0,456 Example:
Solution:
Factor from table no 1 for K-30B
X Y
KB KB
V V
1
- V1 = room air movement at 1,8 m height and on 0,5 m from the wall (m/s)
- V2 = room air movement at 0,1 m height and on 0,5 m from the wall (m/s)
- V3 = room air movement at 1,8 m height and in the middle of two beams (m/s)
- H = ceiling height - height occupied zone (1,8 m)
- L1 = X + H where X = is distance to the wall
- L2 = X + ceiling height - 0,1 m
- L3= Y + H where 2 x Y is the distance between similar beams with an equal primary air volume
- occupied zone = marked height 1,8 m (shaded)
Graph v1, v2 and v3 room air velocities (the occupied zone is shaded).
Example:
Room air velocity in m/s at point V1
Given:
< 0,05m/s < 0,1m/s < 0,15m/s < 0,2m/s - active length 1800 mm, nozzle C
65 - primary air volume = 120 m3/h or
Primary air volume (m /h.m)
50
- required air movement V1 < 0,15
m/s
45
40 Solution:
- L1 = 3,45 m and X = 3,45 - 0,9 =
35 2,55 m maximum distance from
30 the wall
- if the ceiling height was 2,9 m
25 then H = 1,1 m and X = 2,35 m
20 distance from the wall
2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5
L1 (m)
Example:
Floor air velocity in m/s at point V2
Given:
- active length 1200 mm, nozzle B
< 0,4m/s < 0,35m/s < 0,3m/s < 0,25m/s - primary air volume = 55 m3/h or
65
50 m3/h,m (from table n°1)
Primary air volume (m /h.m)
m/s
50
45 Solution:
< 0,15m/s - L2 = 6,9 m and X = 6,9 - 2,6 = 4,3
40
m minimum distance from the
35 wall
30 < 0,1m/s - for air movement V2 < 0,30 m/s
L2 = 5,6 m and X = 5,6 - 2,6 = 3 m
25
minimum distance from the wall
20
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
L2 (m)
Example:
Room air velocity in m/s at point V3. This is midway between two beams with
an equal volume. Given:
- active length 1800 mm, nozzle C
< 0,4m/s < 0,30m/s < 0,25m/s < 0,2m/s <0,15m/s
65 - primary air volume = 120 m3/h or
Primary air volume (m /h.m)
3
< 0,35 m/s 63 m /h.m (from table n°1)
60
- ceiling height = 2,6 m or H = 2,6 -
55
3
1,8 = 0,8 m
50 - required air movement V3 < 0,25
45
m/s
< 0,1m/s
40 Solution:
35 - L3 = 3,80 m and Y = 3,80 - 0,8 =
30 3,00 m
The minimum distance between
25
the beams should be 6 m
20 - if the ceiling height was 2,8 m,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 then H = 1 m and Y = 2,80 m,
L3 (m) then 5,6 m would be sufficient
distance between similar dif-
The testing for these results was done under strictly controlled laboratory condi- fusers.
tions. A room with furniture and people will obstruct air movement. Air velocities
shown are average values.
Deviations are largest at V3 where two air streams meet.
Introduction
The closed active beam K-60 (600 mm
wide) is designed to provide sensible
cooling, ventilation and also heating if
necessary. Standard active heat
exchangers lengths of 600, 900, 1200,
1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700 and 2950
mm are offered to suit many applica-
tions including offices, hotels, retail
shops, bank halls, hospitals,...
Description
The K-60 closed active beam has a
nominal width of 600 mm and provides
a 2 way opposite horizontal air pattern.
A choice of perforated steel faceplate
is possible, with either a circular Ø 4,1
mm (51 % open) or a square 6 mm (44 %
open) mesh. The standard colour finish
is RAL 9010, other RAL-colours upon re-
quest. The beam is supplied in standard
modular total lengths of 600, 900, 1200,
1500, 1800, 2100, 2400, 2700 and 2950
mm to suit the application.
Other special lengths are also available
upon request. The overall height is 250
mm including the plenum box, although
inactive beams are 160 mm and dum-
my beams are only 70 mm.
Plenum boxes are normally supplied
without internal lining with a Ø 125 mm
spigot, but can also optionally be sup-
plied with 6 mm melamine internal li-
ning.
9
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 9 025
INTERNATIONAL
T-bar mounting
10 10
594 L
Recessed mounting
25
8
Surface mounting
574
L+4
9
10 25
594 L + 30
red
Left type heating
blue
cooling
red
heating
blue
cooling
blue
Right type cooling
red
heating blue
cooling
red
heating
How to order
Chilled beam unit, KT60BH 1500, 600 mm wide, L = 1494 mm, nominal length of the battery 1200 mm, suited for
T-bar mounting with heating and cooling, nozzle type B.
K T 6 0 B H R 1 4 9 4 1 2 0 0
L nom. length battery
R: water pipes at the right
L: water pipes at the left
D: double air inlet, water pipes at the right
G: double air inlet, water pipes at the left
C: cooling only
H: cooling and heating
E: battery on one side, cooling and heating
B: nozzletype A-B-C-D
0: perforated 51 %, round
1: perforated 44 %, square
2: perforated 51 %, round with pressure measuring point
3: perforated 44 %, square with pressure measuring point
T: T-bar mounting
Z: recessed mounting
S: surface mounting
30 400 70
ø123
250
235
1
460
594
T-Bar mounting
66 L1 66
37 37
75
23
ø1
40
250
160
25
1
1
50
37
ø400
135
343
460
594
ø1
2
ø123
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 600 mm
9
Specifications subject to change © 9-2009 E 9 028
INTERNATIONAL
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 900 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 1200 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 1500 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 1800 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 2100 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 2400 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 2700 mm
Technical information
Cooling tables: length 2950 mm
Secondary capacity (W)
K-60 Primary Air Primary capacity (W)
∆ T = Trm - Twi
Cooling Volume ∆ Ta = Trm - T prim
qw = 865 l/h ∆ Pw = 20 kPa
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K 6K 7K 8K 9K 10K
23,6 85 130 <23 225 253 281 768 896 1024 1152 1281
25,4 91 150 23 241 271 302 830 969 1107 1246 1384
“A” nozzle 27,0 97 170 24 257 289 321 880 1027 1174 1320 1467
2950 mm 28,6 103 190 25 272 305 339 927 1081 1235 1390 1544
30,0 108 210 27 285 321 357 970 1132 1294 1455 1617
32,8 118 250 29 311 350 389 1051 1226 1402 1577 1752
26,8 96 130 <23 255 287 318 731 853 975 1097 1219
28,8 104 150 23 274 308 342 782 912 1043 1173 1303
“B” nozzle 30,7 110 170 24 291 328 364 838 978 1117 1257 1397
2950 mm 32,4 117 190 25 308 347 385 883 1030 1177 1324 1471
34,1 123 210 27 324 364 405 924 1078 1232 1386 1540
37,2 134 250 29 353 397 442 1001 1168 1335 1502 1669
42,7 154 130 <23 406 457 507 885 1032 1180 1327 1475
“C” nozzle 45,9 165 150 23 436 491 545 945 1103 1260 1418 1576
2950 mm 48,8 176 170 24 464 522 580 1001 1168 1335 1502 1669
51,6 186 190 25 491 552 613 1053 1229 1405 1580 1756
54,3 195 210 27 516 580 645 1103 1286 1470 1654 1838
59,2 213 250 29 563 633 704 1181 1377 1574 1771 1968
61,0 219 130 <23 579 652 724 901 1051 1201 1351 1501
65,5 236 150 23 622 700 778 962 1123 1283 1443 1604
“D” nozzle
69,7 251 170 24 663 745 828 1019 1189 1359 1529 1699
2950 mm
73,7 265 190 25 700 788 876 1072 1251 1430 1608 1787
77,5 279 210 27 736 828 920 1110 1295 1480 1665 1850
84,5 304 250 29 803 904 1004 1201 1401 1602 1802 2002
qv (l/s and m3/h): Primary air volume supplied into the plenum
Ps (Pa): Static plenum pressure in Pascal
Note: - Due to the low velocity at the 125 mm inlet, the inlet static pressure is
practically equal to the plenum static pressure
- Minimum primary air plenum pressure is 100 Pa
Lw (NR): Noise rate, based on sound power (Lw) without room attenuation or multiple
units
Primary capacity (W): Supply air cooling capacity in Watt (W)
∆ Ta: Temperature difference between the room air temperature and the supply air
temperature (K)
Trm: Room air temperature (°C)
Tprim: Supply air temperature (°C)
Secondary capacity (W): Water cooling capacity in Watt (W)
Technical information
Heating tables: length 600 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
3,6 13 130 <23 35 39 43 139 6 278 11 417 17 465 19 454 19
3,9 14 150 23 37 42 46 149 6 298 11 447 17 496 19 483 18
“A” nozzle 4,2 15 170 24 40 44 49 158 6 316 11 474 17 525 19 510 18
600 mm 4,4 16 190 25 42 47 52 166 6 332 11 498 17 552 19 534 18
4,6 17 210 27 44 49 55 171 5 342 11 513 16 568 18 549 18
5,0 18 250 29 48 54 60 183 5 366 11 549 16 604 18 582 17
4,1 15 130 <23 39 44 49 132 6 264 11 396 17 444 19 434 19
4,4 16 150 23 42 47 53 141 6 282 11 423 17 473 19 462 19
“B” nozzle 4,7 17 170 24 45 50 56 150 6 300 11 450 17 501 19 487 18
600 mm 5,0 18 190 25 47 53 59 158 6 316 11 474 17 526 19 511 18
5,2 19 210 27 50 56 62 166 6 332 11 498 17 550 19 533 18
5,7 21 250 29 54 61 68 174 5 348 11 522 16 577 18 557 17
6,6 24 130 <23 63 71 78 159 6 318 11 477 17 530 19 514 18
7,1 26 150 23 67 76 84 167 5 334 11 501 16 556 18 538 18
“C” nozzle 7,5 27 170 24 72 81 90 175 5 350 11 525 16 579 18 559 17
600 mm
8,0 29 190 25 76 85 95 181 5 362 11 543 16 598 17 577 17
8,4 30 210 27 80 90 100 190 5 380 11 570 16 625 17 601 17
9,2 33 250 29 87 98 109 199 5 398 10 597 15 653 17 626 16
8,9 32 130 <23 85 95 106 154 6 308 11 462 17 514 19 499 18
9,6 35 150 23 91 103 114 165 6 330 11 495 17 548 19 530 18
“D” nozzle 10,2 37 170 24 97 109 121 172 6 344 11 516 17 570 18 551 18
600 mm 10,8 39 190 25 103 115 128 178 5 356 11 534 16 590 18 569 17
11,4 41 210 27 108 121 135 184 5 368 11 552 16 607 17 584 17
12,4 45 250 29 118 132 147 196 5 392 10 588 16 644 17 618 16
Technical information
Heating tables: length 900 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
6,2 22 130 <23 59 67 74 230 5 460 11 690 16 747 18 710 17
6,7 24 150 23 64 72 80 245 5 490 11 735 16 793 18 751 17
“A” nozzle
7,1 26 170 24 68 76 85 260 5 520 11 780 16 836 17 788 16
900 mm
7,5 27 190 25 72 81 90 269 5 538 11 807 16 863 17 811 16
7,9 29 210 27 75 85 94 277 5 554 10 831 16 886 17 831 16
8,6 31 250 29 82 92 103 295 5 590 10 885 15 938 16 876 15
7,1 25 130 <23 67 76 84 219 6 438 11 657 17 714 18 681 17
7,6 27 150 23 72 81 90 234 5 468 11 702 16 759 18 720 17
“B” nozzle 8,1 29 170 24 77 86 96 247 5 494 11 741 16 800 18 756 17
900 mm 8,5 31 190 25 81 91 102 260 5 520 11 780 16 838 17 789 16
9,0 32 210 27 85 96 107 268 5 536 11 804 16 861 17 809 16
9,8 35 250 29 93 105 116 286 5 572 10 858 16 912 17 853 15
11,3 41 130 <23 107 120 134 261 5 522 11 783 16 840 17 791 16
“C” nozzle 12,1 44 150 23 115 129 144 274 5 548 11 822 16 878 17 824 16
900 mm 12,9 46 170 24 122 138 153 285 5 570 10 855 15 911 17 853 15
13,6 49 190 25 129 146 162 295 5 590 10 885 15 940 16 877 15
14,3 52 210 27 136 153 170 304 5 608 10 912 15 964 16 898 15
15,6 56 250 29 148 167 186 323 5 646 10 969 14 1019 15 944 14
15,9 57 130 <23 151 170 189 263 5 526 11 789 16 847 17 797 16
17,1 62 150 23 163 183 203 276 5 552 11 828 16 885 17 830 16
“D” nozzle 18,2 66 170 24 173 195 216 288 5 576 10 864 16 919 16 859 15
900 mm 19,2 69 190 25 183 206 229 298 5 596 10 894 15 947 16 883 15
20,2 73 210 27 192 216 240 307 5 614 10 921 15 972 16 904 15
22,1 79 250 29 210 236 262 326 5 652 10 978 14 1027 15 950 14
Technical information
Heating tables: length 1200 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
8,8 32 130 <23 84 94 105 315 5 630 11 945 16 995 17 924 16
9,5 34 150 23 90 101 113 335 5 670 10 1005 16 1053 16 972 15
“A” nozzle 10,1 36 170 24 96 108 120 354 5 708 10 1062 16 1106 16 1016 15
1200 mm 10,7 38 190 25 101 114 127 366 5 732 10 1098 15 1139 16 1044 15
11,2 40 210 27 107 120 133 377 5 754 10 1131 15 1168 15 1067 14
12,2 44 250 29 116 131 145 400 5 800 10 1200 15 1231 15 1118 14
10,0 36 130 <23 95 107 119 300 5 600 11 900 16 954 17 889 16
10,8 39 150 23 102 115 128 320 5 640 11 960 16 1010 17 936 15
“B” nozzle 11,5 41 170 24 109 122 136 338 5 676 10 1014 16 1061 16 979 15
1200 mm 12,1 44 190 25 115 129 144 355 5 710 10 1065 16 1108 16 1018 15
12,7 46 210 27 121 136 151 365 5 730 10 1095 15 1137 16 1042 15
13,9 50 250 29 132 148 165 388 5 776 10 1164 15 1199 15 1092 14
15,9 57 130 <23 151 170 189 355 5 710 10 1065 16 1109 16 1018 15
17,1 62 150 23 163 183 203 372 5 744 10 1116 15 1156 16 1057 14
“C” nozzle
18,2 66 170 24 173 195 216 387 5 774 10 1161 15 1196 15 1090 14
1200 mm
19,2 69 190 25 183 206 229 400 5 800 10 1200 15 1231 15 1118 14
20,2 73 210 27 192 216 240 411 5 822 9 1233 14 1261 15 1142 13
22,1 79 250 29 210 236 262 436 5 872 9 1308 14 1326 14 1195 13
22,5 81 130 <23 214 241 268 358 5 716 10 1074 16 1118 16 1026 15
24,2 87 150 23 230 259 287 376 5 752 10 1128 15 1165 16 1065 14
“D” nozzle 25,8 93 170 24 245 275 306 391 5 782 10 1173 15 1206 15 1098 14
1200 mm 27,2 98 190 25 259 291 323 403 5 806 10 1209 15 1240 15 1126 14
28,6 103 210 27 272 306 340 415 5 830 9 1245 14 1270 15 1150 13
31,2 112 250 29 297 334 371 433 5 866 9 1299 14 1318 14 1188 12
Technical information
Heating tables: length 1500 mm
Technical information
Heating tables: length 1800 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
13,8 50 130 <23 131 147 164 461 5 922 10 1383 15 1393 15 1247 13
14,8 53 150 23 141 158 176 490 5 980 10 1470 15 1465 15 1304 13
“A” nozzle 15,7 57 170 24 150 168 187 515 5 1030 10 1545 15 1531 14 1354 13
1800 mm 16,6 60 190 25 158 178 198 532 5 1064 9 1596 14 1571 14 1385 12
17,5 63 210 27 166 187 208 546 5 1092 9 1638 14 1606 14 1412 12
19,1 69 250 29 181 204 227 577 4 1154 9 1731 13 1682 13 1468 11
15,6 56 130 <23 148 167 185 441 5 882 10 1323 15 1341 15 1206 14
16,8 60 150 23 159 179 199 469 5 938 10 1407 15 1411 15 1261 13
“B” nozzle 17,8 64 170 24 169 191 212 493 5 986 10 1479 15 1474 15 1311 13
1800 mm 18,9 68 190 25 179 202 224 516 5 1032 10 1548 15 1533 14 1356 13
19,8 71 210 27 188 212 236 530 5 1060 9 1590 14 1568 14 1382 12
21,6 78 250 29 206 231 257 561 5 1122 9 1683 14 1643 13 1439 12
25,2 91 130 <23 240 270 300 524 5 1048 10 1572 15 1552 14 1370 13
27,1 98 150 23 258 290 322 547 5 1094 9 1641 14 1610 14 1414 12
“C” nozzle
28,9 104 170 24 274 309 343 568 5 1136 9 1704 14 1659 13 1451 12
1800 mm
30,5 110 190 25 290 326 362 585 4 1170 9 1755 13 1701 13 1483 11
32,1 115 210 27 305 343 381 600 4 1200 9 1800 13 1737 13 1509 11
35,0 126 250 29 333 374 416 624 4 1248 8 1872 12 1794 12 1551 10
36,1 130 130 <23 343 386 429 526 5 1052 10 1578 14 1557 14 1374 12
38,8 140 150 23 369 415 461 549 5 1098 9 1647 14 1615 14 1418 12
“D” nozzle 41,3 149 170 24 392 442 491 569 5 1138 9 1707 14 1664 13 1455 12
1800 mm 43,7 157 190 25 415 467 519 587 4 1174 9 1761 13 1705 13 1486 11
45,9 165 210 27 436 491 545 610 4 1220 9 1830 13 1761 13 1527 11
50,1 180 250 29 476 535 595 634 4 1268 8 1902 12 1818 12 1569 10
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2100 mm
Primary capacity Secondary capacity (W) Trm = 20°C
Primary Air (W) ∆ T = Twi - Trm ∆ a = Ton coil - Toff coil
K-60 Volume ∆ Ta = Tprim - Trm
Heating
qw = 120 l/h, ∆Pw = 7 kPa qw 60 l/h qw 40 l/h
3
l/s m /h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
16,3 59 130 <23 155 175 194 532 5 1064 10 1596 15 1572 14 1385 13
17,6 63 150 23 167 188 209 563 5 1126 10 1689 14 1649 14 1444 12
18,7 67 170 24 178 200 222 592 5 1184 9 1776 14 1718 14 1495 12
“A” nozzle
2100 mm 19,8 71 190 25 188 212 235 610 5 1220 9 1830 14 1761 13 1527 11
20,8 75 210 27 198 222 247 626 4 1252 9 1878 13 1798 13 1554 11
22,7 82 250 29 216 243 270 660 4 1320 9 1980 13 1878 12 1612 11
18,5 67 130 <23 176 198 220 509 5 1018 10 1527 15 1516 15 1343 13
19,9 72 150 23 190 213 237 540 5 1080 10 1620 14 1592 14 1400 12
21,2 76 170 24 202 227 252 568 5 1136 10 1704 14 1660 14 1452 12
“B” nozzle 593 5 1186 9 1779 14 1721 14 1497 12
22,5 81 190 25 214 240 267
2100 mm
23,6 85 210 27 224 252 280 609 5 1218 9 1827 14 1758 13 1525 11
25,8 93 250 29 245 275 306 643 4 1286 9 1929 13 1838 13 1583 11
29,5 106 130 <23 280 316 351 594 5 1188 9 1782 14 1722 14 1498 12
31,7 114 150 23 301 339 377 619 5 1238 9 1857 14 1783 13 1543 11
“C” nozzle 33,7 121 170 24 321 361 401 641 4 1282 9 1923 13 1835 13 1581 11
2100 mm 35,7 128 190 25 339 381 424 660 4 1320 9 1980 13 1879 12 1612 11
37,5 135 210 27 356 401 446 677 4 1354 8 2031 13 1916 12 1639 10
40,9 147 250 29 389 438 486 712 4 1424 8 2136 12 1997 11 1697 10
42,3 152 130 <23 402 453 503 597 5 1194 9 1791 14 1730 13 1504 12
45,5 164 150 23 432 486 540 623 4 1246 9 1869 13 1791 13 1549 11
“D” nozzle 48,4 174 170 24 460 517 575 645 4 1290 9 1935 13 1842 12 1586 11
2100 mm 51,2 184 190 25 486 547 608 673 4 1346 9 2019 13 1907 12 1633 10
53,8 194 210 27 511 575 639 689 4 1378 8 2067 13 1944 12 1659 10
58,7 211 250 29 558 628 697 715 4 1430 8 2145 12 2003 11 1701 9
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2400 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
19,0 68 130 <23 180 203 225 598 5 1196 9 1794 14 1733 14 1506 12
20,4 73 150 23 194 218 242 632 5 1264 9 1896 14 1814 13 1565 11
“A” nozzle 21,7 78 170 24 206 232 258 663 5 1326 9 1989 14 1886 13 1617 11
2400 mm 22,9 83 190 25 218 245 272 683 4 1366 9 2049 13 1931 13 1650 11
24,1 87 210 27 229 258 286 700 4 1400 9 2100 13 1969 12 1677 10
26,3 95 250 29 250 281 312 737 4 1474 8 2211 12 2051 12 1735 10
21,5 77 130 <23 204 230 255 574 5 1148 9 1722 14 1674 14 1462 12
23,1 83 150 23 220 247 274 607 5 1214 9 1821 14 1754 13 1521 12
24,6 89 170 24 234 263 292 637 5 1274 9 1911 14 1825 13 1573 11
“B” nozzle
2400 mm 26,0 94 190 25 247 278 309 665 5 1330 9 1995 14 1889 13 1620 11
27,3 98 210 27 260 292 325 682 4 1364 9 2046 13 1927 13 1647 11
29,8 107 250 29 283 319 354 718 4 1436 9 2154 13 2010 12 1706 10
34,2 123 130 <23 325 365 406 665 5 1330 9 1995 14 1889 13 1620 11
36,7 132 150 23 349 392 436 693 4 1386 9 2079 13 1953 12 1665 11
“C” nozzle 39,1 141 170 24 371 418 464 717 4 1434 9 2151 13 2006 12 1703 10
2400 mm 41,3 149 190 25 737 4 1474 8 2211 12 2051 12 1735 10
393 442 491
43,4 156 210 27 413 464 516 754 4 1508 8 2262 12 2090 11 1761 9
47,4 171 250 29 450 507 563 793 4 1586 8 2379 12 2172 11 1819 9
48,9 176 130 <23 465 523 581 668 4 1336 9 2004 13 1896 13 1624 11
52,6 189 150 23 499 562 624 696 4 1392 9 2088 13 1959 12 1670 10
“D” nozzle 55,9 201 170 24 532 598 665 719 4 1438 8 2157 13 2012 12 1707 10
2400 mm 59,1 213 190 25 562 632 703 749 4 1498 8 2247 12 2078 11 1753 10
62,2 224 210 27 591 665 739 767 4 1534 8 2301 12 2117 11 1780 9
67,8 244 250 29 645 725 806 795 4 1590 8 2385 11 2177 10 1822 9
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2700 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
21,6 78 130 <23 205 230 256 661 5 1322 9 1983 14 1879 13 1613 11
23,2 83 150 23 220 248 275 697 4 1394 9 2091 13 1963 13 1672 11
“A” nozzle 24,6 89 170 24 234 264 293 730 4 1460 9 2190 13 2037 12 1725 10
2700 mm 26,1 94 190 25 248 279 310 751 4 1502 9 2253 13 2083 12 1757 10
27,4 99 210 27 260 293 325 769 4 1538 8 2307 13 2122 12 1784 10
29,9 108 250 29 284 320 355 809 4 1618 8 2427 12 2206 11 1841 9
24,4 88 130 <23 232 261 290 634 5 1268 9 1902 14 1818 13 1569 11
26,3 95 150 23 250 281 312 670 5 1340 9 2010 14 1901 13 1628 11
“B” nozzle 28,0 101 170 24 266 299 332 702 4 1404 9 2106 13 1974 13 1681 11
2700 mm 29,6 106 190 25 281 316 351 732 4 1464 9 2196 13 2040 12 1727 10
31,1 112 210 27 295 332 369 750 4 1500 9 2250 13 2079 12 1754 10
33,9 122 250 29 322 362 403 789 4 1578 8 2367 12 2163 11 1812 9
38,8 140 130 <23 369 415 461 732 4 1464 9 2196 13 2040 12 1727 10
41,7 150 150 23 396 446 496 761 4 1522 9 2283 13 2105 12 1772 10
“C” nozzle
44,4 160 170 24 422 475 528 787 4 1574 8 2361 12 2159 11 1810 10
2700 mm
46,9 169 190 25 446 502 558 808 4 1616 8 2424 12 2205 11 1841 9
49,4 178 210 27 469 528 586 827 4 1654 8 2481 12 2244 11 1867 9
53,8 194 250 29 512 576 640 867 4 1734 8 2601 11 2328 10 1924 8
55,1 198 130 <23 524 590 655 730 4 1460 9 2190 13 2036 12 1724 10
59,2 213 150 23 563 633 704 760 4 1520 8 2280 13 2101 12 1769 10
“D” nozzle 63,1 227 170 24 599 674 749 795 4 1590 8 2385 12 2176 11 1821 9
2700 mm 66,7 240 190 25 634 713 792 816 4 1632 8 2448 12 2222 11 1853 9
70,1 252 210 27 666 749 833 835 4 1670 8 2505 12 2261 11 1879 9
76,5 275 250 29 727 818 908 865 4 1730 7 2595 11 2322 10 1920 8
Technical information
Heating tables: length 2950 mm
l/s m3/h Ps(Pa) Lw(NR) 8K 9K 10K ∆T (10K)∆a ∆T (20K)∆a ∆T (30K) ∆a ∆T (40K)∆a ∆T (50K) ∆a
23,7 85 130 <23 225 253 281 708 4 1416 9 2124 13 1987 12 1690 11
25,4 91 150 23 241 271 302 746 4 1493 9 2239 13 2072 12 1749 10
“A” nozzle 27,0 97 170 24 257 289 321 781 4 1562 9 2343 13 2147 12 1801 10
2950 mm 28,6 103 190 25 272 305 339 803 4 1606 8 2409 13 2194 11 1833 10
30,0 108 210 27 285 321 357 822 4 1643 8 2465 12 2233 11 1860 9
32,8 118 250 29 311 350 389 863 4 1725 8 2588 12 2318 11 1917 9
26,8 96 130 <23 255 287 318 681 5 1361 9 2042 14 1925 13 1645 11
28,8 104 150 23 274 308 342 718 4 1436 9 2154 13 2009 12 1705 11
“B” nozzle 30,7 110 170 24 291 328 364 752 4 1504 9 2255 13 2084 12 1757 10
2950 mm 32,4 117 190 25 308 347 385 783 4 1565 9 2348 13 2150 12 1804 10
34,1 123 210 27 324 364 405 801 4 1603 8 2404 13 2190 11 1831 10
37,2 134 250 29 353 397 442 842 4 1683 8 2525 12 2275 11 1888 9
42,7 154 130 <23 406 457 507 784 4 1569 9 2353 13 2154 12 1806 10
45,9 165 150 23 436 491 545 815 4 1631 8 2446 12 2220 11 1851 9
“C” nozzle 48,8 176 170 24 464 522 580 842 4 1683 8 2525 12 2275 11 1888 9
2950 mm
51,6 186 190 25 491 552 613 864 4 1728 8 2592 12 2321 10 1919 9
54,3 195 210 27 516 580 645 883 4 1767 8 2650 11 2360 10 1945 8
59,2 213 250 29 563 633 704 914 4 1828 7 2741 11 2422 10 1986 8
61,0 219 130 <23 579 652 724 786 4 1571 8 2357 13 2157 12 1808 10
65,5 236 150 23 622 700 778 816 4 1633 8 2449 12 2222 11 1853 9
“D” nozzle 69,7 251 170 24 663 745 828 843 4 1685 8 2528 12 2277 11 1890 9
2950 mm 73,7 265 190 25 700 788 876 876 4 1751 8 2627 12 2345 10 1935 9
77,5 279 210 27 736 828 920 895 4 1790 8 2685 11 2384 10 1961 8
84,5 304 250 29 803 904 1004 926 4 1851 7 2777 11 2445 9 2001 8
qv (l/s and m3/h): Primary air volume supplied into the plenum
Ps (Pa): Static plenum pressure in Pascal
Note: - Due to the low velocity at the 125 mm inlet, the inlet static pressure is
practically equal to the plenum static pressure
- Minimum primary air plenum pressure is 50 Pa
Lw (NR): Noise rate, based on sound power (Lw) without room attenuation or multiple units
Primary capacity (W): Supply air heating capacity in Watt (W)
∆ Ta: Temperature difference between the room air temperature and the supply air
temperature (K)
Trm: Room air temperature (°C)
Tprim: Supply air temperature (°C)
Secondary capacity (W): Water heating capacity in Watt (W)
∆ T: Temperature difference between room air temperature and inlet water
temperature (K)
Twi: Inlet water temperature (°C)
∆ a: Temperature difference between the secondary (induced) air temperature after
coil and the secondary (induced) air temperature on the coil (K)
Toff coil: Secondary (induced) air temperature after coil
Ton coil: Secondary (induced) air temperature on coil (Trm)
qw: Waterflow (l/h)
∆ Pw: Water pressure loss (Pa)
Example:
Water pressure loss in kPa (Cooling)
Given:
- beam active length 1500 mm
17,0
cooling this is a dual circuit coil
Solution:
15,0
2100 - ∆ Pw at 210 l/h is 5 kPa
600 - ∆ Pw at 270 l/h is 8 kPa
13,0
1800
Water pressure (kPa)
11,0
1500
3000
9,0
2700
1200
2400
7,0
900
5,0
3,0
1,0
50 150 250 350 450 550
Waterflow (l/h)
Water flow rate should be turbulent to ensure effective heat transfer. Minimum rec-
ommended flow is 80 l/h for single circuit coils and for dual circuit coils 160 l/h.
Example:
Water pressure loss in kPa (Heating)
Given:
- beam active length 1800 mm
3000 heating this is a single circuit coil
21,00
2700
Solution:
2400 - ∆ Pw at 125 l/h is 7 kPa
- ∆ Pw at 95 l/h is 4 kPa
2100
Water pressure (kPa)
16,00
1800
1,00
50 70 90 110 130 150 170
Waterflow (l/h)
Example:
Sound power without room attenuation
Given:
- beam active length 1500 mm
dB(A) - 50 m3/h
- A-nozzle
32,0 NR
Solution:
30,0 - look up the performance
guide (cooling or heating) for
this beam length and type of
Noise rate Lw
nozzle
28,0
- 50 m3/h = 190 Pa
- 190 Pa = 27 dB(A) or NR26
26,0
NOTE:
Table 1: conversion factor for primary air volume of different nominal beam Room air movement diagrams
lengths to primary air per meter used in the graphs.
These are average velocities for undis-
Nom.length (mm) 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100 2400 2700 2950 rupted air flow, cooling.
Actual measured values at ∆ Ta = 8K
K-60 A 2,333 1,458 1,061 0,833 0,686 0,583 0,507 0,449 0,409
were within the limits shown.
K-60 B 2,000 1,250 0,909 0,714 0,588 0,500 0,435 0,385 0,351
K-60 C 1,667 1,042 0,758 0,595 0,490 0,417 0,362 0,321 0,292
K-60 D 1,333 0,833 0,606 0,476 0,392 0,333 0,290 0,256 0,234
Example:
Given:
- K-60B 1800 mm (nozzle B)
- Primary air volume is 100 m3/h
Required:
- m3/h,m
- volume per (active) meter
Solution:
- Factor from table no 1 for K-60B 1800
mm is 0,59
V1, V2 and V3: room air velocities (the occupied zone is shaded).
- m3/h,m = 0,59 x 100 = 59 m3/h,m
X Y
KB KB
V V
1
- V1 = room air movement at 1,8 m height and on 0,5 m from the wall (m/s)
- V2 = room air movement at 0,1 m height and on 0,5 m from the wall (m/s)
- V3 = room air movement at 1,8 m height and in the middle of two beams (m/s)
- H = ceiling height - height occupied zone (1,8 m)
- L1 = X + H where X = is distance to the wall
- L2 = X + ceiling height - 0,1 m
- L3= Y + H where 2 x Y is the distance between similar beams with an equal primary air volume
- occupied zone = marked height 1,8 m (shaded)
Graph v1, v2 and v3 room air velocities (the occupied zone is shaded).
Example:
Room air velocity in m/s at point V1
Given:
< 0,05m/s < 0,1m/s < 0,15m/s < 0,2m/s - active length 1800 mm, nozzle C
- primary air volume = 126 m3/h or
Primary air volume (m /h.m)
70
- required air movement V1 < 0,15
60 m/s
50 Solution:
- L1 = 3,3 m and X = 3,3 - 0,9 = 2,4
40 m maximum distance from the
wall
30
- if the ceiling height was 2,9 m
L1 meters
then H = 1,1 m and X = 2,2 m
20
maximum distance from the wall
2 2,5 3 3,5 4 4,5 5
L1 (m)
Example:
Floor air velocity in m/s at point V2
Given:
- active length 1800 mm, nozzle C
< 0,4m/s < 0,35m/s - primary air volume = 95 m3/h or
46 m3/h,m (from table n°1)
Primary air volume (m /h.m)
< 0,2m/s
80 62 m3/h.m (from table n°1)
- ceiling height = 2,6 m or H = 2,6 -
3
70 1,8 = 0,8 m
< 0,15m/s - required air movement V3 < 0,25
60
m/s
50
Solution:
40 - L3 = 4 m and Y = 4 - 0,8 = 3,2 m.
< 0,1m/s
The minimum distance between
30 the beams should be 6,4m
- if the ceiling height was 2,8 m,
20 then H = 1 m and Y = 3 m, then 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 m would be sufficient distance
L3 (m) between similar diffusers.
The testing for these results was done under strictly controlled laboratory condi-
tions. A room with furniture and people will obstruct air movement. Air velocities
shown are average values.
Deviations are largest at V3 where two air streams meet.
= A general leaflet with detailed product Selection diagram for diffusers with equal throws in all directions
information and a fast selection diagram. In this dia-
gram, there are only some dimensions and this only
1. Point of intersection of Q-line and the
for one room air velocity.
= A technical leaflet with more details for line corresponding to the nominal
the selection of more dimensions and velocities, dimension, determines vk and NR.
pressure loss, selection example, etc.. 2. Transfer this point to the left of the dia-
gram and read 3 different throws LT for
different envelope velocities (vT).
Page numbering
E 2 010
leaflet n°
chapter
language